]> git.saurik.com Git - wxWidgets.git/blobdiff - src/msw/window.cpp
projects / wxWidgets.git / blobdiff
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
raw | inline | side by side
non-PCH build fix (according to Tinderbox).
[wxWidgets.git] / src / msw / window.cpp
diff --git a/src/msw/window.cpp b/src/msw/window.cpp
index cf7c4277ac81302bc7927295f17fa2eb48cf5f58..89faa57b7fd095c7f58fc8bf4d0d07a4d0cc6d12 100644 (file)
--- a/src/msw/window.cpp
+++ b/src/msw/window.cpp
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        src/msw/windows.cpp
-// Purpose:     wxWindow
+// Name:        src/msw/window.cpp
+// Purpose:     wxWindowMSW
 // Author:      Julian Smart
 // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation
 // Created:     04/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Author:      Julian Smart
 // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation
 // Created:     04/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
-// Licence:     wxWindows license
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 // ===========================================================================
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 // ===========================================================================
@@ -17,10 +17,6 @@
 // headers
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // headers
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma implementation "window.h"
-#endif
-
 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
 
 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
 
@@ -28,12 +24,13 @@
     #pragma hdrstop
 #endif
 
     #pragma hdrstop
 #endif
 
+#include "wx/window.h"
+
 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include <windows.h>
-    #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-    #include "wx/window.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
+    #include "wx/msw/missing.h"
     #include "wx/accel.h"
     #include "wx/accel.h"
-    #include "wx/setup.h"
     #include "wx/menu.h"
     #include "wx/dc.h"
     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
     #include "wx/menu.h"
     #include "wx/dc.h"
     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
@@ -48,18 +45,37 @@
     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
     #include "wx/settings.h"
     #include "wx/statbox.h"
     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
     #include "wx/settings.h"
     #include "wx/statbox.h"
+    #include "wx/sizer.h"
+    #include "wx/intl.h"
+    #include "wx/log.h"
+    #include "wx/textctrl.h"
+    #include "wx/menuitem.h"
+    #include "wx/module.h"
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     #include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
 #endif
 
     #include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
 #endif
 
+#include "wx/evtloop.h"
+#include "wx/power.h"
+#include "wx/sysopt.h"
+
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
     #include "wx/dnd.h"
 #endif
 
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
     #include "wx/dnd.h"
 #endif
 
-#include "wx/menuitem.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
+#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
+    #include "wx/access.h"
+    #include <ole2.h>
+    #include <oleacc.h>
+    #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT
+        #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D
+    #endif
+    #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT
+        #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC
+    #endif
+#endif
 
 #include "wx/msw/private.h"
 
 
 #include "wx/msw/private.h"
 
@@ -75,15 +91,13 @@
     #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
     #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
 #include "wx/notebook.h"
 #include "wx/notebook.h"
+#include "wx/listctrl.h"
+#include "wx/dynlib.h"
 
 #include <string.h>
 
 
 #include <string.h>
 
-#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
+#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
     #include <shellapi.h>
     #include <mmsystem.h>
 #endif
     #include <shellapi.h>
     #include <mmsystem.h>
 #endif
@@ -92,67 +106,71 @@
     #include <windowsx.h>
 #endif
 
     #include <windowsx.h>
 #endif
 
-#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__TWIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
-    #ifdef __WIN95__
-        #include <commctrl.h>
-    #endif
-#elif !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) // broken compiler
-    #ifndef __TWIN32__
-        #include "wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h"
-    #endif
+#if !defined __WXWINCE__ && !defined NEED_PBT_H
+    #include <pbt.h>
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// standard constants not available with all compilers/headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h"
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+    #include <windows.h>
+    #include <shellapi.h>
+    #include <ole2.h>
+    #include <aygshell.h>
+#endif
+#endif
 
 
-// This didn't appear in mingw until 2.95.2
-#ifndef SIF_TRACKPOS
-#define SIF_TRACKPOS 16
+#if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
+    #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+#endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent()
+
+// if this is set to 1, we use deferred window sizing to reduce flicker when
+// resizing complicated window hierarchies, but this can in theory result in
+// different behaviour than the old code so we keep the possibility to use it
+// by setting this to 0 (in the future this should be removed completely)
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+#define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 0
+#else
+#define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 1
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-    #ifndef WM_MOUSEWHEEL
-        #define WM_MOUSEWHEEL           0x020A
-    #endif
-    #ifndef WHEEL_DELTA
-        #define WHEEL_DELTA             120
-    #endif
-    #ifndef SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES
-        #define SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES 104
-    #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-
-#ifndef VK_OEM_1
-    #define VK_OEM_1        0xBA
-    #define VK_OEM_PLUS     0xBB
-    #define VK_OEM_COMMA    0xBC
-    #define VK_OEM_MINUS    0xBD
-    #define VK_OEM_PERIOD   0xBE
-    #define VK_OEM_2        0xBF
-    #define VK_OEM_3        0xC0
-    #define VK_OEM_4        0xDB
-    #define VK_OEM_5        0xDC
-    #define VK_OEM_6        0xDD
-    #define VK_OEM_7        0xDE
+// set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events
+// when mouse position didnd't change
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0
+#else
+    #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1
 #endif
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // global variables
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #endif
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // global variables
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// the last Windows message we got (FIXME-MT)
-extern MSG s_currentMsg;
-
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+#else
 extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
 extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+#endif
 
 // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by
 // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged()           (FIXME-MT)
 
 // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by
 // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged()           (FIXME-MT)
-static bool gs_hasStdCmap = FALSE;
+static bool gs_hasStdCmap = false;
+
+// last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+static struct MouseEventInfoDummy
+{
+    // mouse position (in screen coordinates)
+    wxPoint pos;
+
+    // last mouse event type
+    wxEventType type;
+} gs_lastMouseEvent;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // private functions
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // private functions
@@ -162,24 +180,22 @@ static bool gs_hasStdCmap = FALSE;
 LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
                                    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
 
 LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
                                    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
 
+
 #ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
 #ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
-    const char *wxGetMessageName(int message);
+    const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message);
 #endif  //__WXDEBUG__
 
 void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win);
 #endif  //__WXDEBUG__
 
 void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win);
-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);
+extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 
-// this magical function is used to translate VK_APPS key presses to right
-// mouse clicks
-static void TranslateKbdEventToMouse(wxWindowMSW *win,
-                                     int *x, int *y, WPARAM *flags);
-
 // get the text metrics for the current font
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);
 
 // get the text metrics for the current font
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);
 
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
 // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position
 // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position
-static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); //TW:REQ:Univ
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y);
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
 
 // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API
 static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
 
 // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API
 static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
@@ -190,16 +206,63 @@ static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
 
     // activate (set focus to) specified window
     ::SetFocus(hwnd);
 
     // activate (set focus to) specified window
     ::SetFocus(hwnd);
+#endif
 
     // raise top level parent to top of z order
 
     // raise top level parent to top of z order
-    ::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-#else // !__WXMICROWIN__
-    if ( !::BringWindowToTop(hwnd) )
+    if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE))
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+
+// ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style
+static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent)
+{
+    /*
+       If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our
+       parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using
+       GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as
+       IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed,
+       all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently
+       focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but
+       unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never
+       get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style,
+       GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent,
+       but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later
+       on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either.
+     */
+    while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+        if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
+        {
+            // force the parent to have this style
+            ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE,
+                            exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);
+        }
+
+        parent = parent->GetParent();
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+// On Windows CE, GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function
+// instead
+bool GetCursorPosWinCE(POINT* pt)
+{
+    if (!GetCursorPos(pt))
     {
     {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("BringWindowToTop"));
+        DWORD pos = GetMessagePos();
+        pt->x = LOWORD(pos);
+        pt->y = HIWORD(pos);
     }
     }
-#endif // __WXMICROWIN__/!__WXMICROWIN__
+    return true;
 }
 }
+#endif
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // event tables
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // event tables
@@ -210,14 +273,121 @@ static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
 #else // __WXMSW__
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
 #else // __WXMSW__
+#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
+
+// windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls
+// must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as
+// windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway
+
+bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & )
+{
+    const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ;
+    if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 )
+        return false ;
+    return true ;
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback)
+
+// make wxWindowList known before the property is used
+
+wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ;
+
+template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value)
+{
+    wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ;
+}
+
+WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
+
+wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
+    // new style border flags, we put them first to
+    // use them for streaming out
+
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
+
+    // old style border flags
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
+
+    // standard window styles
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
+
+wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
+
+wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow)
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent)
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent )
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent )
+    // Always constructor Properties first
+
+    wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+    wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/ , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
+    wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos
+    wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size
+    wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
+
+    // Then all relations of the object graph
+
+    wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+
+   // and finally all other properties
+
+    wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle
+    wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg
+    wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg
+    wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+    wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+#if 0
+    // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses
+    wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString )
+    wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont  , )
+    wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString )
+    // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width
+    // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels
+
+    wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , )
+    //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , )
+    // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , )
+    wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , )
+
+
+
+#endif
+wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
+
+wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow)
+wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
+
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow)
+
+#else
     IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase)
     IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase)
+#endif
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
-    EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground)
     EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged)
     EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged)
+    EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground)
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
     EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog)
     EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog)
-    EVT_IDLE(wxWindowMSW::OnIdle)
+#endif
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 // ===========================================================================
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 // ===========================================================================
@@ -235,7 +405,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
     wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl);
     if ( item )
     {
     wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl);
     if ( item )
     {
-        // is it we or one of our "internal" children?
+        // is it us or one of our "internal" children?
         if ( item->GetId() == id
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
                 || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND)
         if ( item->GetId() == id
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
                 || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND)
@@ -247,7 +417,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 
-    wxWindowList::Node *current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
     while (current)
     {
         wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();
     while (current)
     {
         wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();
@@ -265,7 +435,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
 // Find an item given the MS Windows handle
 wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
 {
 // Find an item given the MS Windows handle
 wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
 {
-    wxWindowList::Node *current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
     while (current)
     {
         wxWindow *parent = current->GetData();
     while (current)
     {
         wxWindow *parent = current->GetData();
@@ -299,7 +469,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
 // Default command handler
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
 {
 // Default command handler
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
 {
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -308,41 +478,33 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Init()
 {
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Init()
 {
-    // generic
-    InitBase();
-
     // MSW specific
     // MSW specific
-    m_doubleClickAllowed = 0;
-
-    m_isBeingDeleted = FALSE;
-    m_oldWndProc = 0;
-    m_useCtl3D = FALSE;
-    m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
-    m_lastKeydownProcessed = FALSE;
+    m_isBeingDeleted = false;
+    m_oldWndProc = NULL;
+    m_mouseInWindow = false;
+    m_lastKeydownProcessed = false;
 
 
-    // wxWnd
-    m_hMenu = 0;
+    m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
+    m_frozenness = 0;
 
     m_hWnd = 0;
 
     m_hWnd = 0;
+    m_hDWP = 0;
 
     m_xThumbSize = 0;
     m_yThumbSize = 0;
 
     m_xThumbSize = 0;
     m_yThumbSize = 0;
-    m_backgroundTransparent = FALSE;
 
 
-    // as all windows are created with WS_VISIBLE style...
-    m_isShown = TRUE;
+    m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition;
+    m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize;
 
 
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
-    m_lastMouseX =
-    m_lastMouseY = -1;
-    m_lastMouseEvent = -1;
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+    m_contextMenuEnabled = false;
+#endif
 }
 
 // Destructor
 wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
 {
 }
 
 // Destructor
 wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
 {
-    m_isBeingDeleted = TRUE;
+    m_isBeingDeleted = true;
 
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us:
 
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us:
@@ -355,19 +517,21 @@ wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
             {
                 frame->SetLastFocus(NULL);
             }
             {
                 frame->SetLastFocus(NULL);
             }
-            break;
+
+            // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent
+            // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling
+            // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to
+            // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop
+            //break;
         }
     }
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
 
     // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent.
         }
     }
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
 
     // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent.
-    //     If we'd do it the other way around, children wouldn't be able
+    //     If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able
     //     find their parent frame (see above).
     DestroyChildren();
 
     //     find their parent frame (see above).
     DestroyChildren();
 
-    if ( m_parent )
-        m_parent->RemoveChild(this);
-
     if ( m_hWnd )
     {
         // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here
     if ( m_hWnd )
     {
         // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here
@@ -380,6 +544,9 @@ wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
         // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
         wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
     }
         // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
         wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
     }
+
+    delete m_childrenDisabled;
+
 }
 
 // real construction (Init() must have been called before!)
 }
 
 // real construction (Init() must have been called before!)
@@ -390,21 +557,10 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent,
                          long style,
                          const wxString& name)
 {
                          long style,
                          const wxString& name)
 {
-    wxCHECK_MSG( parent, FALSE, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") );
-
-#if wxUSE_STATBOX
-    // wxGTK doesn't allow to create controls with static box as the parent so
-    // this will result in a crash when the program is ported to wxGTK - warn
-    // about it
-    //
-    // the correct solution is to create the controls as siblings of the
-    // static box
-    wxASSERT_MSG( !wxDynamicCast(parent, wxStaticBox),
-                  _T("wxStaticBox can't be used as a window parent!") );
-#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX
+    wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") );
 
     if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
 
     if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
 
     parent->AddChild(this);
 
 
     parent->AddChild(this);
 
@@ -420,19 +576,17 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent,
     msflags &= ~WS_BORDER;
 #endif // wxUniversal
 
     msflags &= ~WS_BORDER;
 #endif // wxUniversal
 
-    // all windows are created visible by default except popup ones (which are
-    // like the wxTopLevelWindows in this aspect)
-    if ( style & wxPOPUP_WINDOW )
-    {
-        msflags &= ~WS_VISIBLE;
-        m_isShown = FALSE;
-    }
-    else
+    if ( IsShown() )
     {
         msflags |= WS_VISIBLE;
     }
 
     {
         msflags |= WS_VISIBLE;
     }
 
-    return MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle);
+    if ( !MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) )
+        return false;
+
+    InheritAttributes();
+
+    return true;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -444,7 +598,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus()
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") );
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") );
 
-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
     ::SetLastError(0);
 #endif
 
     ::SetLastError(0);
 #endif
 
@@ -467,8 +621,6 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus()
 
 void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd()
 {
 
 void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd()
 {
-    wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd();
-
     // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from
     // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what
     // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the
     // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from
     // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what
     // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the
@@ -477,10 +629,15 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd()
     {
         ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1);
     }
     {
         ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1);
     }
+
+    // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when
+    // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already
+    // set correctly -- this may be important
+    wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd();
 }
 
 // Get the window with the focus
 }
 
 // Get the window with the focus
-wxWindow *wxWindowBase::FindFocus()
+wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus()
 {
     HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
     if ( hWnd )
 {
     HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
     if ( hWnd )
@@ -494,44 +651,89 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::FindFocus()
 bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) )
 bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) )
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
         ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
 
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
         ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
 
-    // VZ: no, this is a bad idea: imagine that you have a dialog with some
-    //     disabled controls and disable it - you really wouldn't like the
-    //     disabled controls be reenabled too when you reenable the dialog!
-#if 0
-    wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
-    while ( node )
+    // the logic below doesn't apply to the top level windows -- otherwise
+    // showing a modal dialog would result in total greying out (and ungreying
+    // out later) of everything which would be really ugly
+    if ( IsTopLevel() )
+        return true;
+
+    // when the parent is disabled, all of its children should be disabled as
+    // well but when it is enabled back, only those of the children which
+    // hadn't been already disabled in the beginning should be enabled again,
+    // so we have to keep the list of those children
+    for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+          node;
+          node = node->GetNext() )
     {
         wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
     {
         wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
-        child->Enable(enable);
+        if ( child->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            // the logic below doesn't apply to top level children
+            continue;
+        }
 
 
-        node = node->GetNext();
+        if ( enable )
+        {
+            // re-enable the child unless it had been disabled before us
+            if ( !m_childrenDisabled || !m_childrenDisabled->Find(child) )
+                child->Enable();
+        }
+        else // we're being disabled
+        {
+            if ( child->IsEnabled() )
+            {
+                // disable it as children shouldn't stay enabled while the
+                // parent is not
+                child->Disable();
+            }
+            else // child already disabled, remember it
+            {
+                // have we created the list of disabled children already?
+                if ( !m_childrenDisabled )
+                    m_childrenDisabled = new wxWindowList;
+
+                m_childrenDisabled->Append(child);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( enable && m_childrenDisabled )
+    {
+        // we don't need this list any more, don't keep unused memory
+        delete m_childrenDisabled;
+        m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
     }
     }
-#endif // 0
 
 
-    return TRUE;
+    return true;
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    int cshow = show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE;
-    ::ShowWindow(hWnd, cshow);
 
 
-    if ( show )
+    // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is
+    // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g.
+    //
+    //      wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo;
+    //      foo->Hide();
+    //      foo->Create(parent, ...);
+    //
+    // should work without errors
+    if ( hWnd )
     {
     {
-        wxBringWindowToTop(hWnd);
+        ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE);
     }
 
     }
 
-    return TRUE;
+    return true;
 }
 
 // Raise the window to the top of the Z order
 }
 
 // Raise the window to the top of the Z order
@@ -547,16 +749,6 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Lower()
                    SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
 }
 
                    SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
 }
 
-void wxWindowMSW::SetTitle( const wxString& title)
-{
-    SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), title.c_str());
-}
-
-wxString wxWindowMSW::GetTitle() const
-{
-    return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
-}
-
 void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
 void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
@@ -585,7 +777,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) )
     {
         // nothing to do
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) )
     {
         // nothing to do
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
     }
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     }
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
@@ -598,34 +790,26 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
         ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0));
     }
 
         ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0));
     }
 
-    return TRUE;
+    return true;
 }
 bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) )
     {
         // no change
 }
 bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) )
     {
         // no change
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
     }
 
     }
 
-    if ( m_cursor.Ok() )
+    // don't "overwrite" busy cursor
+    if ( m_cursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy() )
     {
     {
-        HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-
-        // Change the cursor NOW if we're within the correct window
-        POINT point;
-        ::GetCursorPos(&point);
-
-        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd);
-
-        if ( ::PtInRect(&rect, point) && !wxIsBusy() )
-            ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor));
+        ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor));
     }
 
     }
 
-    return TRUE;
+    return true;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer (int x, int y)
+void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y)
 {
     ClientToScreen(&x, &y);
 
 {
     ClientToScreen(&x, &y);
 
@@ -635,201 +819,84 @@ void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer (int x, int y)
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-void wxWindowMSW::MSWDeviceToLogical (float *x, float *y) const
-{
-}
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// scrolling stuff
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollRange(int orient, int range, bool refresh)
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state)
 {
 {
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-
-    int range1 = range;
-
-    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-    // - a Windows API quirk
-    int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+    // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good
+    // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm
+    static int s_needToUpdate = -1;
+    if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 )
     {
     {
-        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
-    }
-
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
-
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-    }
-
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nMax = range1;
-    info.nPos = 0;
-    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
-
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, refresh);
-#endif
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPage(int orient, int page, bool refresh)
-{
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
-
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-        m_xThumbSize = page;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-        m_yThumbSize = page;
+        int verMaj, verMin;
+        s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT &&
+                            verMaj >= 5;
     }
 
     }
 
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = page;
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
-
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        m_xThumbSize = page;
-    else
-        m_yThumbSize = page;
-#endif
-}
-
-int wxWindowMSW::OldGetScrollRange(int orient) const
-{
-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
-    short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
-    int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
+    if ( s_needToUpdate )
     {
     {
-        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-        // - a Windows API quirk
-        int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-        if ( pageSize > 1 )
-        {
-            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
-        }
-#endif
-        return maxPos;
+        // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system
+        // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0);
     }
     }
-    else
-        return 0;
-}
-
-int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPage(int orient) const
-{
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        return m_xThumbSize;
-    else
-        return m_yThumbSize;
 }
 
 }
 
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// scrolling stuff
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient)
 {
 #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
     return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient);
 #else
 
 inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient)
 {
 #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
     return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient);
 #else
-    return ::GetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient);
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
+    scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+    scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS;
+    ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo );
+
+    return scrollInfo.nPos;
+
 #endif
 }
 
 int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
 {
 #endif
 }
 
 int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
 {
-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") );
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") );
 
-    return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, wOrient);
+    return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT);
 }
 
 // This now returns the whole range, not just the number
 // of positions that we can scroll.
 int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
 {
 }
 
 // This now returns the whole range, not just the number
 // of positions that we can scroll.
 int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
 {
-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
-    short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
-    int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
+    int maxPos;
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-    {
-        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-        // - a Windows API quirk
-        int pageSize = GetScrollThumb(orient);
-        if ( pageSize > 1 )
-        {
-            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
-        }
-        // October 10th: new range concept.
-        maxPos += pageSize;
+    if ( !hWnd )
+        return 0;
+#if 0
+    ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                     &minPos, &maxPos);
 #endif
 #endif
-
-        return maxPos;
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
+    scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
+    if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd,
+                          orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                          &scrollInfo) )
+    {
+        // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return
+        // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet.
+        // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
     }
     }
-    else
-        return 0;
+    maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax;
+
+    // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar()
+    return maxPos + 1;
 }
 
 int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
 {
 }
 
 int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
 {
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        return m_xThumbSize;
-    else
-        return m_yThumbSize;
+    return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize;
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
@@ -837,76 +904,49 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") );
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") );
 
-    int dir = orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT;
-
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info;
     info.nPage = 0;
     info.nMin = 0;
     info.nPos = pos;
     info.fMask = SIF_POS;
     info.nPage = 0;
     info.nMin = 0;
     info.nPos = pos;
     info.fMask = SIF_POS;
-
-    ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else // !__WIN95__
-    ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, dir, pos, refresh);
-#endif // __WIN95__/!__WIN95__
-}
-
-// New function that will replace some of the above.
-void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
-                            int range, bool refresh)
-{
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    int oldRange = range - thumbVisible;
-
-    int range1 = oldRange;
-
-    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-    // - a Windows API quirk
-    int pageSize = thumbVisible;
-    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+    if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) )
     {
     {
-        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
+        // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then
+        info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
     }
 
     }
 
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
-
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-    }
+    ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                    &info, refresh);
+}
 
 
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nMax = range1;
+// New function that will replace some of the above.
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient,
+                               int pos,
+                               int pageSize,
+                               int range,
+                               bool refresh)
+{
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info;
+    info.nPage = pageSize;
+    info.nMin = 0;              // range is nMax - nMin + 1
+    info.nMax = range - 1;      //  as both nMax and nMax are inclusive
     info.nPos = pos;
     info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
     info.nPos = pos;
     info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
-
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+    if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) )
+    {
+        // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then
+        info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
+    }
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     {
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     {
-        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, FALSE);
-        ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        m_xThumbSize = thumbVisible;
-    } else {
-        m_yThumbSize = thumbVisible;
+        // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events
+        // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo()
+        *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize;
+
+        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                        &info, refresh);
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
@@ -925,9 +965,15 @@ void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect)
     else
     {
         pr = NULL;
     else
     {
         pr = NULL;
+
     }
 
     }
 
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below?
+    ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE);
+#else
     ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr);
     ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr);
+#endif
 }
 
 static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count)
 }
 
 static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count)
@@ -970,32 +1016,100 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages)
                             down ? pages : -pages);
 }
 
                             down ? pages : -pages);
 }
 
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// subclassing
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RTL support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir)
 {
 {
-    wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") );
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    wxUnusedVar(dir);
+#else
+    const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_RET( hwnd, _T("layout direction must be set after window creation") );
+
+    LONG styleOld = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);
+
+    LONG styleNew = styleOld;
+    switch ( dir )
+    {
+        case wxLayout_LeftToRight:
+            styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
+            break;
+
+        case wxLayout_RightToLeft:
+            styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unsupported layout direction"));
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if ( styleNew != styleOld )
+    {
+        ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, styleNew);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const
+{
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    return wxLayout_Default;
+#else
+    const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_MSG( hwnd, wxLayout_Default, _T("invalid window") );
+
+    return ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL
+                ? wxLayout_RightToLeft
+                : wxLayout_LeftToRight;
+#endif
+}
+
+wxCoord
+wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x,
+                                      wxCoord WXUNUSED(width),
+                                      wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const
+{
+    // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't
+    // redo it ourselves
+    return x;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// subclassing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") );
 
     HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
     wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") );
 
     wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this);
 
 
     HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
     wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") );
 
     wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this);
 
-    m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)::GetWindowLong((HWND)hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
+    m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd);
 
     // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows
     // sense of the word)
     if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) )
     {
 
     // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows
     // sense of the word)
     if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) )
     {
-        ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) wxWndProc);
+        wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc);
     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {
-        // don't bother restoring it neither
+        // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to
+        // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the
+        // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can
+        // simply check m_oldWndProc
         m_oldWndProc = NULL;
     }
         m_oldWndProc = NULL;
     }
+
+    // we're officially created now, send the event
+    wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
@@ -1006,7 +1120,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
     HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hwnd )
     {
     HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hwnd )
     {
-        m_hWnd = 0;
+        SetHWND(0);
 
         wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") );
 
 
         wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") );
 
@@ -1014,7 +1128,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
         {
             if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) )
             {
         {
             if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) )
             {
-                ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) m_oldWndProc);
+                wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc);
             }
 
             m_oldWndProc = NULL;
             }
 
             m_oldWndProc = NULL;
@@ -1022,37 +1136,60 @@ void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
-bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, WXFARPROC wndProc)
+void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle)
 {
 {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-    // VS: We can't use GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC) together with unicows.dll
-    //     because it doesn't return pointer to the real wnd proc but rather a handle
-    //     of a fake proc that does Unicode<->ANSI translation.
-    //
-    //     The hack bellow works, because WNDCLASS contains original window handler
-    //     rather that the unicows fake one. This may not be on purpose, though; if
-    //     it stops working with future versions of unicows.dll, we can override
-    //     unicows hooks by setting Unicows_{Set,Get}WindowLong and
-    //     Unicows_RegisterClass to our own versions that keep track of
-    //     fake<->real wnd proc mapping.
-    //
-    //     FIXME: Doesn't handle wnd procs set by SetWindowLong, only these set
-    //            with RegisterClass!!
-
-    if ( wxUsingUnicowsDll() )
+    if ( m_hWnd )
     {
     {
-        static wxChar buffer[512];
-        WNDCLASS cls;
-
-        ::GetClassName((HWND)hWnd, buffer, 512);
-        ::GetClassInfo(wxGetInstance(), buffer, &cls);
-        return wndProc == (WXFARPROC)cls.lpfnWndProc;
+      if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow"));
     }
     }
-    else
+
+    WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle;
+
+    SetHWND(wxhwnd);
+    SubclassWin(wxhwnd);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle()
+{
+    // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us
+    UnsubclassWin();
+}
+
+
+bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd,
+                          WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc))
+{
+// TODO: This list of window class names should be factored out so they can be
+// managed in one place and then accessed from here and other places, such as
+// wxApp::RegisterWindowClasses() and wxApp::UnregisterWindowClasses()
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+    extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR;
+#else
+    extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR;
 #endif
 #endif
-    {
-        return wndProc == (WXFARPROC)::GetWindowLong((HWND)hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
-    }
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw;
+    wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd));
+    if (str == wxCanvasClassName ||
+        str == wxCanvasClassNameNR ||
+#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS
+        str == _T("wxGLCanvasClass") ||
+        str == _T("wxGLCanvasClassNR") ||
+#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS
+        str == wxMDIFrameClassName ||
+        str == wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw ||
+        str == wxMDIChildFrameClassName ||
+        str == wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw ||
+        str == _T("wxTLWHiddenParent"))
+        return true; // Effectively means don't subclass
+    else
+        return false;
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1068,14 +1205,48 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
     // update the internal variable
     wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags);
 
     // update the internal variable
     wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags);
 
+    // and the real window flags
+    MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle());
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags)
+{
+    long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle();
+    if ( exflags == exflagsOld )
+        return;
+
+    // update the internal variable
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags);
+
+    // and the real window flags
+    MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld)
+{
     // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had
     // been already created
     if ( !GetHwnd() )
         return;
 
     // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had
     // been already created
     if ( !GetHwnd() )
         return;
 
-    WXDWORD exstyle, exstyleOld;
-    long style = MSWGetStyle(flags, &exstyle),
-         styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld);
+    // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles
+    bool callSWP = false;
+
+    WXDWORD exstyle;
+    long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle);
+
+    // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle()
+    // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally
+    // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the
+    // correct exstyleOld
+    long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle();
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld);
+
+    WXDWORD exstyleOld;
+    long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld);
+
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew);
+
 
     if ( style != styleOld )
     {
 
     if ( style != styleOld )
     {
@@ -1088,25 +1259,42 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
         styleReal |= style;
 
         ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal);
         styleReal |= style;
 
         ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal);
+
+        // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the
+        // frame appearance have changed
+        callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER |
+                                      WS_THICKFRAME |
+                                      WS_CAPTION |
+                                      WS_DLGFRAME |
+                                      WS_MAXIMIZEBOX |
+                                      WS_MINIMIZEBOX |
+                                      WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0;
     }
 
     // and the extended style
     }
 
     // and the extended style
+    long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+
     if ( exstyle != exstyleOld )
     {
     if ( exstyle != exstyleOld )
     {
-        long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE);
         exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld;
         exstyleReal |= exstyle;
 
         ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal);
 
         exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld;
         exstyleReal |= exstyle;
 
         ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal);
 
-        // we must call SetWindowPos() to flash the cached extended style and
+        // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos
+        callSWP = true;
+    }
+
+    if ( callSWP )
+    {
+        // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and
         // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just
         // setting the style simply doesn't work
         if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(),
                              exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST
                                                          : HWND_NOTOPMOST,
                              0, 0, 0, 0,
         // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just
         // setting the style simply doesn't work
         if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(),
                              exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST
                                                          : HWND_NOTOPMOST,
                              0, 0, 0, 0,
-                             SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE) )
+                             SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) )
         {
             wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
         }
         {
             wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
         }
@@ -1115,17 +1303,37 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
 
 WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
 {
 
 WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
 {
-    // translate the style
+    // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones
+
+    // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as
+    // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle()
     WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD;
 
     WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD;
 
-    if ( flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN )
+    // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker,
+    // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the
+    // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so
+    // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special
+    // system option is turned on
+    if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children"))
+            || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) )
         style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
 
         style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
 
-    if ( flags & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
-        style |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
+    // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially
+    // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and,
+    // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping
+    // regions), so avoid it alltogether
+
+
+    if ( flags & wxVSCROLL )
+        style |= WS_VSCROLL;
 
 
-    wxBorder border = (wxBorder)(flags & wxBORDER_MASK);
-    if ( border != wxBORDER_NONE && border != wxBORDER_DEFAULT )
+    if ( flags & wxHSCROLL )
+        style |= WS_HSCROLL;
+
+    const wxBorder border = GetBorder(flags);
+
+    // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE
+    if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE )
         style |= WS_BORDER;
 
     // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it
         style |= WS_BORDER;
 
     // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it
@@ -1133,18 +1341,20 @@ WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
     {
         *exstyle = 0;
 
     {
         *exstyle = 0;
 
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
         if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
             *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
         if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
             *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
+#endif
 
 
-        switch ( flags & wxBORDER_MASK )
+        switch ( border )
         {
             default:
         {
             default:
+            case wxBORDER_DEFAULT:
                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") );
                 // fall through
 
             case wxBORDER_NONE:
             case wxBORDER_SIMPLE:
                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") );
                 // fall through
 
             case wxBORDER_NONE:
             case wxBORDER_SIMPLE:
-            case wxBORDER_DEFAULT:
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_STATIC:
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_STATIC:
@@ -1152,11 +1362,12 @@ WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_RAISED:
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_RAISED:
-                *exstyle |= WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE;
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_SUNKEN:
                 *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_SUNKEN:
                 *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
+                style &= ~WS_BORDER;
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
@@ -1165,7 +1376,7 @@ WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
         }
 
         // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all
         }
 
         // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all
-#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must
         // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it)
         if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() )
         // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must
         // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it)
         if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() )
@@ -1178,125 +1389,6 @@ WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
     return style;
 }
 
     return style;
 }
 
-// Make a Windows extended style from the given wxWindows window style
-WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MakeExtendedStyle(long style, bool eliminateBorders)
-{
-    WXDWORD exStyle = 0;
-    if ( style & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
-        exStyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
-
-    if ( !eliminateBorders )
-    {
-        if ( style & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
-        if ( style & wxDOUBLE_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        if ( style & wxRAISED_BORDER )
-            // It seems that WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE doesn't work, but WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME does
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; /* WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE */;
-        if ( style & wxSTATIC_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    return exStyle;
-}
-
-// Determines whether native 3D effects or CTL3D should be used,
-// applying a default border style if required, and returning an extended
-// style to pass to CreateWindowEx.
-WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle,
-                                        bool *want3D) const
-{
-    // If matches certain criteria, then assume no 3D effects
-    // unless specifically requested (dealt with in MakeExtendedStyle)
-    if ( !GetParent()
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-            || !IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))
-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
-            || (m_windowStyle & wxNO_BORDER) )
-    {
-        *want3D = FALSE;
-        return MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle);
-    }
-
-    // Determine whether we should be using 3D effects or not.
-    bool nativeBorder = FALSE; // by default, we don't want a Win95 effect
-
-    // 1) App can specify global 3D effects
-    *want3D = wxTheApp->GetAuto3D();
-
-    // 2) If the parent is being drawn with user colours, or simple border specified,
-    // switch effects off. TODO: replace wxUSER_COLOURS with wxNO_3D
-    if ( GetParent() && (GetParent()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxUSER_COLOURS) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) )
-        *want3D = FALSE;
-
-    // 3) Control can override this global setting by defining
-    // a border style, e.g. wxSUNKEN_BORDER
-    if ( m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER  )
-        *want3D = TRUE;
-
-    // 4) If it's a special border, CTL3D can't cope so we want a native border
-    if ( (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) )
-    {
-        *want3D = TRUE;
-        nativeBorder = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    // 5) If this isn't a Win95 app, and we are using CTL3D, remove border
-    // effects from extended style
-#if wxUSE_CTL3D
-    if ( *want3D )
-        nativeBorder = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-    DWORD exStyle = MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, !nativeBorder);
-
-    // If we want 3D, but haven't specified a border here,
-    // apply the default border style specified.
-    // TODO what about non-Win95 WIN32? Does it have borders?
-#if defined(__WIN95__) && !wxUSE_CTL3D
-    if ( defaultBorderStyle && (*want3D) && ! ((m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER ) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) ))
-        exStyle |= defaultBorderStyle; // WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
-#endif
-
-    return exStyle;
-}
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-// If nothing defined for this, try the parent.
-// E.g. we may be a button loaded from a resource, with no callback function
-// defined.
-void wxWindowMSW::OnCommand(wxWindow& win, wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-    if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)  )
-        return;
-    if ( m_parent )
-        m_parent->GetEventHandler()->OnCommand(win, event);
-}
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-wxObject* wxWindowMSW::GetChild(int number) const
-{
-    // Return a pointer to the Nth object in the Panel
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    int n = number;
-    while (node && n--)
-        node = node->Next();
-    if ( node )
-    {
-        wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
-        return(obj);
-    }
-    else
-        return NULL;
-}
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-
 // Setup background and foreground colours correctly
 void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours()
 {
 // Setup background and foreground colours correctly
 void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours()
 {
@@ -1308,7 +1400,11 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
 {
     // get the mouse position
     POINT pt;
 {
     // get the mouse position
     POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);
+#else
     ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
     ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
+#endif
 
     // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window
     // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it
 
     // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window
     // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it
@@ -1319,8 +1415,9 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
     return hwnd != NULL;
 }
 
     return hwnd != NULL;
 }
 
-void wxWindowMSW::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
+void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle()
 {
 {
+#ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
     // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
     if ( m_mouseInWindow )
     {
     // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
     if ( m_mouseInWindow )
     {
@@ -1328,66 +1425,34 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
         // or doesn't have mouse capture
         if ( !IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
         // or doesn't have mouse capture
         if ( !IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
-            // Generate a LEAVE event
-            m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
-
-            // Unfortunately the mouse button and keyboard state may have
-            // changed by the time the OnIdle function is called, so 'state'
-            // may be meaningless.
-            int state = 0;
-            if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
-                state |= MK_SHIFT;
-            if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
-                state |= MK_CONTROL;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_LBUTTON;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_MBUTTON;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_RBUTTON;
-
-            POINT pt;
-            if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
-            {
-                wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));
-            }
-
-            // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
-            // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
-            RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
-            pt.x -= rect.left;
-            pt.y -= rect.top;
-
-            wxMouseEvent event2(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
-            InitMouseEvent(event2, pt.x, pt.y, state);
-
-            (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
+            GenerateMouseLeave();
         }
     }
         }
     }
+#endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
 
 
-    UpdateWindowUI();
+    if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this))
+        UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE);
 }
 
 // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
 bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) )
 }
 
 // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
 bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) )
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
 
     HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd();
     HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0;
 
     ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
 
 
     HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd();
     HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0;
 
     ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
 
-    return TRUE;
-}
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( ::GetWindowLong(hWndChild, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+    {
+        EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent());
+    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
 
 
-void wxWindowMSW::Clear()
-{
-    wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this);
-    wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
-    dc.SetBackground(brush);
-    dc.Clear();
+    return true;
 }
 
 static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on)
 }
 
 static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on)
@@ -1399,16 +1464,28 @@ static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on)
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Freeze()
 {
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Freeze()
 {
-    SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), FALSE);
+    if ( !m_frozenness++ )
+    {
+        if ( IsShown() )
+            SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false);
+    }
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Thaw()
 {
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Thaw()
 {
-    SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), TRUE);
+    wxASSERT_MSG( m_frozenness > 0, _T("Thaw() without matching Freeze()") );
+
+    if ( --m_frozenness == 0 )
+    {
+        if ( IsShown() )
+        {
+            SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true);
 
 
-    // we need to refresh everything or otherwise he invalidated area is not
-    // repainted
-    Refresh();
+            // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area
+            // is not going to be repainted
+            Refresh();
+        }
+    }
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
@@ -1416,18 +1493,32 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     {
+        RECT mswRect;
+        const RECT *pRect;
         if ( rect )
         {
         if ( rect )
         {
-            RECT mswRect;
             mswRect.left = rect->x;
             mswRect.top = rect->y;
             mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
             mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
 
             mswRect.left = rect->x;
             mswRect.top = rect->y;
             mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
             mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
 
-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, &mswRect, eraseBack);
+            pRect = &mswRect;
         }
         else
         }
         else
-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, NULL, eraseBack);
+        {
+            pRect = NULL;
+        }
+
+        // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3
+#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400)
+        UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN;
+        if ( eraseBack )
+            flags |= RDW_ERASE;
+
+        ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags);
+#else
+        ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack);
+#endif
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
@@ -1438,7 +1529,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Update()
         wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow"));
     }
 
         wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow"));
     }
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
     // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT
     // handler needs to be really drawn right now
     (void)::GdiFlush();
     // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT
     // handler needs to be really drawn right now
     (void)::GdiFlush();
@@ -1449,8 +1540,42 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Update()
 // drag and drop
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // drag and drop
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+// we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be
+// a drop target
+static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent)
+{
+    // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW)
+    if ( !parent )
+        return;
+
+    for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
+          node;
+          node = node->GetNext() )
+    {
+        wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox);
+        if ( statbox )
+        {
+            ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+                           SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#else // !wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
+{
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX
 
 
+#endif // drag and drop is used
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
 {
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) {
 void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
 {
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) {
@@ -1460,18 +1585,25 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
 
     m_dropTarget = pDropTarget;
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 )
 
     m_dropTarget = pDropTarget;
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 )
+    {
+        AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent());
         m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
         m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
+    }
 }
 }
-
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
-// old style file-manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style
+// old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style
 // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
 // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
-void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
+void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept))
 {
 {
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent());
         ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
         ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
+    }
+#endif
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1485,7 +1617,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
     wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip);
 
     if ( m_tooltip )
     wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip);
 
     if ( m_tooltip )
-        m_tooltip->SetWindow(this);
+        m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
@@ -1494,66 +1626,128 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
 // moving and resizing
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // moving and resizing
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const
+{
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ||
+         m_pendingSize     != wxDefaultSize )
+        return true;
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+    return false;
+}
+
 // Get total size
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const
 {
 // Get total size
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const
 {
-    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows
+    // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return
+    // the new and not the old position to the other wx code
+    if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize )
+    {
+        if ( x )
+            *x = m_pendingSize.x;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = m_pendingSize.y;
+    }
+    else // use current size
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
 
 
-    if ( x )
-        *x = rect.right - rect.left;
-    if ( y )
-        *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    }
 }
 
 // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
 {
 }
 
 // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
 {
-    RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize )
+    {
+        // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size
+        RECT rect;
+        rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x;
+        rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y;
+        rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x;
+        rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y;
 
 
-    if ( x )
-        *x = rect.right;
-    if ( y )
-        *y = rect.bottom;
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect);
+
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    }
+    else
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
+
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom;
+    }
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
 {
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
 {
-    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
-
-    POINT point;
-    point.x = rect.left;
-    point.y = rect.top;
+    wxWindow * const parent = GetParent();
 
 
-    // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
-    // children, not for the dialogs/frames
-    if ( !IsTopLevel() )
+    wxPoint pos;
+    if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition )
+    {
+        pos = m_pendingPosition;
+    }
+    else // use current position
     {
     {
-        HWND hParentWnd = 0;
-        wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-        if ( parent )
-            hParentWnd = GetWinHwnd(parent);
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
 
 
-        // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a parent we
-        // must subtract its top left corner
-        if ( hParentWnd )
-        {
-            ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
-        }
+        POINT point;
+        point.x = rect.left;
+        point.y = rect.top;
 
 
-        if ( parent )
+        // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
+        // children, not for the dialogs/frames
+        if ( !IsTopLevel() )
         {
         {
-            // We may be faking the client origin. So a window that's really at (0,
-            // 30) may appear (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
-            wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-            point.x -= pt.x;
-            point.y -= pt.y;
+            if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft )
+            {
+                // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate,
+                // which would be the physical right x-coordinate.
+                point.x = rect.right;
+            }
+
+            // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a
+            // parent we must subtract its top left corner
+            if ( parent )
+            {
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point);
+            }
         }
         }
+
+        pos.x = point.x;
+        pos.y = point.y;
+    }
+
+    // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just
+    // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx
+    if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
+        pos.x -= pt.x;
+        pos.y -= pt.y;
     }
 
     if ( x )
     }
 
     if ( x )
-        *x = point.x;
+        *x = pos.x;
     if ( y )
     if ( y )
-        *y = point.y;
+        *y = pos.y;
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
@@ -1588,6 +1782,50 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
         *y = pt.y;
 }
 
         *y = pt.y;
 }
 
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless
+    // we are a top level window)
+    wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent();
+
+    HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL;
+    if ( hdwp )
+    {
+        hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height,
+                                SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+        if ( !hdwp )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("DeferWindowPos"));
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( parent )
+    {
+        // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed
+        parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp;
+    }
+
+    if ( hdwp )
+    {
+        // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're
+        // different from what Windows would return for it
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+    }
+
+    // if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move,
+    // ignored otherwise
+    return false;
+}
+
 void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
 {
     // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms?
 void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
 {
     // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms?
@@ -1596,9 +1834,13 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
         width = 0;
     if (height < 0)
         height = 0;
         width = 0;
     if (height < 0)
         height = 0;
-    if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), x, y, width, height, TRUE) )
+
+    if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) )
     {
     {
-        wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+        m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y);
+        m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height);
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
@@ -1614,26 +1856,29 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
 {
     // get the current size and position...
     int currentX, currentY;
 {
     // get the current size and position...
     int currentX, currentY;
+    int currentW, currentH;
+
     GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);
     GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);
-    int currentW,currentH;
     GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
 
     GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
 
-    // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok
+    // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless
+    // we're forced to resize the window
     if ( x == currentX && y == currentY &&
     if ( x == currentX && y == currentY &&
-         width == currentW && height == currentH )
+         width == currentW && height == currentH &&
+            !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) )
     {
         return;
     }
 
     {
         return;
     }
 
-    if ( x == -1 && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+    if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
         x = currentX;
         x = currentX;
-    if ( y == -1 && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+    if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
         y = currentY;
 
     AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags);
 
         y = currentY;
 
     AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags);
 
-    wxSize size(-1, -1);
-    if ( width == -1 )
+    wxSize size = wxDefaultSize;
+    if ( width == wxDefaultCoord )
     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH )
         {
     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH )
         {
@@ -1647,11 +1892,11 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 
-    if ( height == -1 )
+    if ( height == wxDefaultCoord )
     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT )
         {
     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT )
         {
-            if ( size.x == -1 )
+            if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord )
             {
                 size = DoGetBestSize();
             }
             {
                 size = DoGetBestSize();
             }
@@ -1671,11 +1916,12 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
 {
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
 {
-    // setting the client size is less obvious than it it could have been
+    // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been
     // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar
     // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar
-    // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap and so the client size
-    // will not be correct as the difference between the total and client size
-    // changes - so we keep changing it until we get it right
+    // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect()
+    // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be
+    // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes --
+    // so we keep changing it until we get it right
     //
     // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but
     // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it
     //
     // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but
     // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it
@@ -1688,28 +1934,21 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
         RECT rectClient;
         ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient);
 
         RECT rectClient;
         ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient);
 
-        // if the size is already ok, stop here (rectClient.left = top = 0)
-        if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == -1) &&
-             (rectClient.bottom == height || height == -1) )
+        // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0)
+        if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) &&
+             (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) )
         {
             break;
         }
 
         {
             break;
         }
 
-        int widthClient = width,
-            heightClient = height;
-
         // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
         // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
         // window
         RECT rectWin;
         ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin);
 
         // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
         // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
         // window
         RECT rectWin;
         ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin);
 
-        widthClient += rectWin.right - rectWin.left - rectClient.right;
-        heightClient += rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top - rectClient.bottom;
-
-        POINT point;
-        point.x = rectWin.left;
-        point.y = rectWin.top;
+        const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left,
+                  heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top;
 
         // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so
         // adjust if necessary
 
         // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so
         // adjust if necessary
@@ -1718,21 +1957,26 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
             wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
             if ( parent )
             {
             wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
             if ( parent )
             {
-                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point);
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin);
             }
         }
 
             }
         }
 
-        DoMoveWindow(point.x, point.y, widthClient, heightClient);
+        // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately
+        // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by
+        // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be
+        // really resized
+        if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(),
+                           rectWin.left,
+                           rectWin.top,
+                           width + widthWin - rectClient.right,
+                           height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom,
+                           TRUE) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("MoveWindow"));
+        }
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
-// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
-// smaller
-wxPoint wxWindowMSW::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
-{
-    return wxPoint(0, 0);
-}
-
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // text metrics
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // text metrics
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1758,31 +2002,22 @@ void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
                              int *descent, int *externalLeading,
                              const wxFont *theFont) const
 {
                              int *descent, int *externalLeading,
                              const wxFont *theFont) const
 {
-    const wxFont *fontToUse = theFont;
-    if ( !fontToUse )
-        fontToUse = &m_font;
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !theFont || theFont->Ok(),
+                    _T("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") );
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+    wxFont fontToUse;
+    if (theFont)
+        fontToUse = *theFont;
+    else
+        fontToUse = GetFont();
 
 
-    HFONT fnt = 0;
-    HFONT hfontOld = 0;
-    if ( fontToUse && fontToUse->Ok() )
-    {
-        fnt = (HFONT)((wxFont *)fontToUse)->GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
-        if ( fnt )
-            hfontOld = (HFONT)SelectObject(dc,fnt);
-    }
+    WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd());
+    SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, GetHfontOf(fontToUse));
 
     SIZE sizeRect;
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
 
     SIZE sizeRect;
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
-    GetTextExtentPoint(dc, string, (int)string.Length(), &sizeRect);
-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
-
-    if ( fontToUse && fnt && hfontOld )
-        SelectObject(dc, hfontOld);
-
-    ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+    ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string, string.length(), &sizeRect);
+    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
 
     if ( x )
         *x = sizeRect.cx;
 
     if ( x )
         *x = sizeRect.cx;
@@ -1794,50 +2029,8 @@ void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
         *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
 }
 
         *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
 }
 
-#if wxUSE_CARET && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Caret manipulation
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void wxWindowMSW::CreateCaret(int w, int h)
-{
-    SetCaret(new wxCaret(this, w, h));
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap))
-{
-    wxFAIL_MSG("not implemented");
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::ShowCaret(bool show)
-{
-    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to show" );
-
-    m_caret->Show(show);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::DestroyCaret()
-{
-    SetCaret(NULL);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::SetCaretPos(int x, int y)
-{
-    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to move" );
-
-    m_caret->Move(x, y);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const
-{
-    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to get position of" );
-
-    m_caret->GetPosition(x, y);
-}
-#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// popup menu
+// popup menu
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
@@ -1852,10 +2045,20 @@ static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly()
     // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't
     // want to process it here)
     MSG msg;
     // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't
     // want to process it here)
     MSG msg;
-    while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE)
-                && msg.message != WM_QUIT )
+    while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) )
     {
     {
-        wxTheApp->DoMessage((WXMSG *)&msg);
+        if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT )
+        {
+            // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue.
+            ::PostQuitMessage(0);
+            break;
+        }
+
+        // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here
+        // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it
+        // immediately
+        ::TranslateMessage(&msg);
+        ::DispatchMessage(&msg);
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
@@ -1864,6 +2067,12 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
     menu->SetInvokingWindow(this);
     menu->UpdateUI();
 
     menu->SetInvokingWindow(this);
     menu->UpdateUI();
 
+    if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord )
+    {
+        wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition());
+        x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y;
+    }
+
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu);
     POINT point;
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu);
     POINT point;
@@ -1871,9 +2080,14 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
     point.y = y;
     ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point);
     wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu;
     point.y = y;
     ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point);
     wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu;
-    ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, TPM_RIGHTBUTTON, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL);
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    UINT flags = 0;
+#else
+    UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON | TPM_RECURSE;
+#endif
+    ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL);
 
 
-    // we need to do it righ now as otherwise the events are never going to be
+    // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be
     // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand()
     //
     // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't
     // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand()
     //
     // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't
@@ -1886,7 +2100,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 
     menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
 
 
     menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
 
-    return TRUE;
+    return true;
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
@@ -1895,7 +2109,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 // pre/post message processing
 // ===========================================================================
 
 // pre/post message processing
 // ===========================================================================
 
-long wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
     if ( m_oldWndProc )
         return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
 {
     if ( m_oldWndProc )
         return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
@@ -1914,15 +2128,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
 
         // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does
         // internally
 
         // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does
         // internally
-#if 1
-        bool bProcess = TRUE;
-        if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN )
-            bProcess = FALSE;
-
-        if ( bProcess && (HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
-            bProcess = FALSE;
-
-        if ( bProcess )
+        if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN )
         {
             bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
             bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
         {
             bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
             bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
@@ -1930,43 +2136,62 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
             // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
             // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
             // combinations which are always processed)
             // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
             // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
             // combinations which are always processed)
-            LONG lDlgCode = 0;
-            if ( !bCtrlDown )
+            LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
+
+            // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the
+            // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically,
+            // it, of course, implies them
+            if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS )
             {
             {
-                lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
+                lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS;
             }
 
             }
 
-            bool bForward = TRUE,
-                 bWindowChange = FALSE;
+            bool bForward = true,
+                 bWindowChange = false,
+                 bFromTab = false;
 
 
+            // should we process this message specially?
+            bool bProcess = true;
             switch ( msg->wParam )
             {
                 case VK_TAB:
             switch ( msg->wParam )
             {
                 case VK_TAB:
-                    // assume that nobody wants Shift-TAB for himself - if we
-                    // don't do it there is no easy way for a control to grab
-                    // TABs but still let Shift-TAB work as navugation key
-                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bShiftDown ) {
-                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                    if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB ) {
+                        bProcess = false;
                     }
                     else {
                         // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
                         bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
                         bForward = !bShiftDown;
                     }
                     else {
                         // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
                         bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
                         bForward = !bShiftDown;
+                        bFromTab = true;
                     }
                     break;
 
                 case VK_UP:
                 case VK_LEFT:
                     if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
                     }
                     break;
 
                 case VK_UP:
                 case VK_LEFT:
                     if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
-                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                        bProcess = false;
                     else
                     else
-                        bForward = FALSE;
+                        bForward = false;
                     break;
 
                 case VK_DOWN:
                 case VK_RIGHT:
                     if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
                     break;
 
                 case VK_DOWN:
                 case VK_RIGHT:
                     if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
-                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                        bProcess = false;
+                    break;
+
+                case VK_PRIOR:
+                    bForward = false;
+                    // fall through
+
+                case VK_NEXT:
+                    // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that
+                    // a control which needs arrows also needs them for
+                    // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...)
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || !bCtrlDown )
+                        bProcess = false;
+                    else
+                        bWindowChange = true;
                     break;
 
                 case VK_RETURN:
                     break;
 
                 case VK_RETURN:
@@ -1974,11 +2199,16 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                         if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown )
                         {
                             // control wants to process Enter itself, don't
                         if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown )
                         {
                             // control wants to process Enter itself, don't
-                            // call IsDialogMessage() which would interpret
-                            // it
-                            return FALSE;
+                            // call IsDialogMessage() which would consume it
+                            return false;
                         }
                         }
-                        else if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_BUTTON )
+
+#if wxUSE_BUTTON
+                        // currently active button should get enter press even
+                        // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if
+                        // this window is a button first
+                        wxWindow *btn = NULL;
+                        if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON )
                         {
                             // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all
                             // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it
                         {
                             // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all
                             // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it
@@ -1987,50 +2217,43 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                             if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW )
                             {
                                 // emulate the button click
                             if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW )
                             {
                                 // emulate the button click
-                                wxWindow *btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd);
-                                if ( btn )
-                                    btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                                btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd);
                             }
 
                             }
 
-                            bProcess = FALSE;
+                            bProcess = false;
                         }
                         }
-                        // FIXME: this should be handled by
-                        //        wxNavigationKeyEvent handler and not here!!
-                        else
+                        else // not a button itself, do we have default button?
                         {
                         {
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-                            wxButton *btn = wxDynamicCast(GetDefaultItem(),
-                                                          wxButton);
-                            if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
-                            {
-                                // if we do have a default button, do press it
-                                btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
-
-                                return TRUE;
-                            }
-                            else // no default button
+                            wxTopLevelWindow *
+                                tlw = wxDynamicCast(wxGetTopLevelParent(this),
+                                                    wxTopLevelWindow);
+                            if ( tlw )
                             {
                             {
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-                                // this is a quick and dirty test for a text
-                                // control
-                                if ( !(lDlgCode & DLGC_HASSETSEL) )
-                                {
-                                    // don't process Enter, the control might
-                                    // need it for itself and don't let
-                                    // ::IsDialogMessage() have it as it can
-                                    // eat the Enter events sometimes
-                                    return FALSE;
-                                }
-                                //else: treat Enter as TAB: pass to the next
-                                //      control as this is the best thing to do
-                                //      if the text doesn't handle Enter itself
+                                btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(),
+                                                    wxButton);
                             }
                         }
                             }
                         }
+
+                        if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
+                        {
+                            btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                            return true;
+                        }
+
+#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                        // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs
+                        wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN);
+                        event.SetEventObject(this);
+                        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+                            return true;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
                     }
                     break;
 
                 default:
                     }
                     break;
 
                 default:
-                    bProcess = FALSE;
+                    bProcess = false;
             }
 
             if ( bProcess )
             }
 
             if ( bProcess )
@@ -2038,76 +2261,25 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                 wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
                 event.SetDirection(bForward);
                 event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange);
                 wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
                 event.SetDirection(bForward);
                 event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange);
+                event.SetFromTab(bFromTab);
                 event.SetEventObject(this);
 
                 if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
                 {
                 event.SetEventObject(this);
 
                 if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
                 {
-                    return TRUE;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-#else // 0
-        // let ::IsDialogMessage() do almost everything and handle just the
-        // things it doesn't here: Ctrl-TAB for switching notebook pages
-        if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN )
-        {
-            // don't process system keys here
-            if ( !(HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) )
-            {
-                if ( (msg->wParam == VK_TAB) && wxIsCtrlDown() )
-                {
-                    // find the first notebook parent and change its page
-                    wxWindow *win = this;
-                    wxNotebook *nbook = NULL;
-                    while ( win && !nbook )
-                    {
-                        nbook = wxDynamicCast(win, wxNotebook);
-                        win = win->GetParent();
-                    }
+                    // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of
+                    // this by default, we need to manually send this message
+                    // so that controls can change their UI state if needed
+                    MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS);
 
 
-                    if ( nbook )
-                    {
-                        bool forward = !wxIsShiftDown();
-
-                        nbook->AdvanceSelection(forward);
-                    }
+                    return true;
                 }
             }
         }
                 }
             }
         }
-#endif // 1/0
-
-        // we handle VK_ESCAPE ourselves in wxDialog::OnCharHook() and we
-        // shouldn't let IsDialogMessage() get it as it _always_ eats the
-        // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is
-        // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in
-        // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog
-        if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN || msg->wParam != VK_ESCAPE )
-        {
-            // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when
-            // WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT is specified and the currently focused
-            // window is disabled or hidden, so don't call it in this case
-            bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = TRUE;
-
-            HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
-            while ( hwndFocus )
-            {
-                if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) ||
-                        !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) )
-                {
-                    // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this!
-                    canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = FALSE;
 
 
-                    break;
-                }
-
-                hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus);
-            }
-
-            if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg && ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )
-            {
-                // IsDialogMessage() did something...
-                return TRUE;
-            }
+        if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )
+        {
+            // IsDialogMessage() did something...
+            return true;
         }
     }
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
         }
     }
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
@@ -2118,11 +2290,11 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
         // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
         MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
         if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
         // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
         MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
         if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
-            m_tooltip->RelayEvent(pMsg);
+            wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg);
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
@@ -2131,22 +2303,106 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
     return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg);
 #else
     (void) pMsg;
     return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg);
 #else
     (void) pMsg;
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
 #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* WXUNUSED(pMsg))
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg)
 {
 {
-    // preprocess all messages by default
-    return TRUE;
+    // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of
+    // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our
+    // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations
+
+    // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the
+    // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is
+    // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in
+    // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog
+    if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by
+    // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give
+    // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the
+    // situations when this may happen and not call it then
+    if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR )
+        return true;
+
+    // assume we can call it by default
+    bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
+
+    HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+
+    // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style,
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will
+    // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if
+    // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops
+    // when it gets back to the window it started from)
+    //
+    // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT
+    // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if
+    // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static
+    // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input.
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+    {
+        // pessimistic by default
+        canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
+        for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+              node;
+              node = node->GetNext() )
+        {
+            wxWindow * const win = node->GetData();
+            if ( win->AcceptsFocus() &&
+                    !(::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE) &
+                        WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
+            {
+                // it shouldn't hang...
+                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
+
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+    if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg )
+    {
+        // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the
+        // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its
+        // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in
+        // this case
+        while ( hwndFocus )
+        {
+            if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) ||
+                    !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) )
+            {
+                // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this!
+                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
+
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) )
+            {
+                // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even
+                // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't
+                // break navigation inside the dialog
+                break;
+            }
+
+            hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// message params unpackers (different for Win16 and Win32)
+// message params unpackers
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
                              WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd)
 {
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
                              WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd)
 {
@@ -2172,13 +2428,10 @@ void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                              WXWORD *nCtlColor, WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
+                                 WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
 {
 {
-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
-    *nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_BTN;
     *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
     *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
     *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
     *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
-#endif
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
@@ -2189,52 +2442,8 @@ void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
     *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam;
 }
 
     *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam;
 }
 
-#else // Win16
-
-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                             WXWORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WXWORD *cmd)
-{
-    *id = (WXWORD)wParam;
-    *hwnd = (WXHWND)LOWORD(lParam);
-    *cmd = HIWORD(lParam);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                              WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd)
-{
-    *state = (WXWORD)wParam;
-    *minimized = LOWORD(lParam);
-    *hwnd = (WXHWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                            WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd)
-{
-    *code = (WXWORD)wParam;
-    *pos = LOWORD(lParam);
-    *hwnd = (WXHWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                              WXWORD *nCtlColor, WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
-{
-    *hwnd = (WXHWND)LOWORD(lParam);
-    *nCtlColor = (int)HIWORD(lParam);
-    *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                                WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu)
-{
-    *item = (WXWORD)wParam;
-    *flags = LOWORD(lParam);
-    *hmenu = (WXHMENU)HIWORD(lParam);
-}
-
-#endif // Win32/16
-
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Main wxWindows window proc and the window proc for wxWindow
+// Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet
@@ -2258,8 +2467,9 @@ LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM w
 {
     // trace all messages - useful for the debugging
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
 {
     // trace all messages - useful for the debugging
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Processing %s(wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"),
-               wxGetMessageName(message), wParam, lParam);
+    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages,
+               wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%08lx, wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"),
+               wxGetMessageName(message), (long)hWnd, (long)wParam, lParam);
 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
 
     wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
 
     wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
@@ -2276,7 +2486,7 @@ LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM w
 
     LRESULT rc;
 
 
     LRESULT rc;
 
-    if ( wnd )
+    if ( wnd && wxEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) )
         rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
     else
         rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
         rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
     else
         rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
@@ -2284,17 +2494,16 @@ LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM w
     return rc;
 }
 
     return rc;
 }
 
-long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
     // did we process the message?
 {
     // did we process the message?
-    bool processed = FALSE;
+    bool processed = false;
 
     // the return value
     union
     {
         bool        allow;
 
     // the return value
     union
     {
         bool        allow;
-        long        result;
-        WXHICON     hIcon;
+        WXLRESULT   result;
         WXHBRUSH    hBrush;
     } rc;
 
         WXHBRUSH    hBrush;
     } rc;
 
@@ -2316,47 +2525,62 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             break;
 
         case WM_DESTROY:
             break;
 
         case WM_DESTROY:
-            // never set processed to TRUE and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to
+            // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to
             // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when
             // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause
             // memory and resource leaks!
             (void)HandleDestroy();
             break;
 
             // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when
             // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause
             // memory and resource leaks!
             (void)HandleDestroy();
             break;
 
+        case WM_SIZE:
+            processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam);
+            break;
+
         case WM_MOVE:
             processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
             break;
 
         case WM_MOVE:
             processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
             break;
 
-        case WM_SIZE:
-            switch ( wParam )
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_MOVING:
             {
             {
-                case SIZE_MAXHIDE:
-                case SIZE_MAXSHOW:
-                    // we're not interested in these messages at all
-                    break;
-
-                case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
-                    // we shouldn't send sizev events for these messages as the
-                    // client size may be negative which breaks existing code
-                    //
-                    // OTOH we might send another (wxMinimizedEvent?) one or
-                    // add an additional parameter to wxSizeEvent if this is
-                    // useful to anybody
-                    break;
-
-                default:
-                    wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
-                    // fall through nevertheless
+                LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam;
+                wxRect rc;
+                rc.SetLeft(pRect->left);
+                rc.SetTop(pRect->top);
+                rc.SetRight(pRect->right);
+                rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom);
+                processed = HandleMoving(rc);
+                if (processed) {
+                    pRect->left = rc.GetLeft();
+                    pRect->top = rc.GetTop();
+                    pRect->right = rc.GetRight();
+                    pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom();
+                }
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-                case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
-                case SIZE_RESTORED:
-                    processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam),
-                                           wParam);
+        case WM_SIZING:
+            {
+                LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam;
+                wxRect rc;
+                rc.SetLeft(pRect->left);
+                rc.SetTop(pRect->top);
+                rc.SetRight(pRect->right);
+                rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom);
+                processed = HandleSizing(rc);
+                if (processed) {
+                    pRect->left = rc.GetLeft();
+                    pRect->top = rc.GetTop();
+                    pRect->right = rc.GetRight();
+                    pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom();
+                }
             }
             break;
             }
             break;
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
 
 
-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
         case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+            // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event
             wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus());
             break;
 #endif
             wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus());
             break;
 #endif
@@ -2379,8 +2603,21 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
             break;
 
             processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
             break;
 
+        case WM_PRINTCLIENT:
+            processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam);
+            break;
+
         case WM_PAINT:
         case WM_PAINT:
-            processed = HandlePaint();
+            if ( wParam )
+            {
+                wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam);
+
+                processed = HandlePaint();
+            }
+            else // no DC given
+            {
+                processed = HandlePaint();
+            }
             break;
 
         case WM_CLOSE:
             break;
 
         case WM_CLOSE:
@@ -2388,14 +2625,12 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive
             // close events unless we have this.
             Close();
             // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive
             // close events unless we have this.
             Close();
-            processed = TRUE;
-            rc.result = TRUE;
-#else
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+
             // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it
             // ourselves in ~wxWindow
             // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it
             // ourselves in ~wxWindow
-            processed = TRUE;
+            processed = true;
             rc.result = TRUE;
             rc.result = TRUE;
-#endif
             break;
 
         case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
             break;
 
         case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
@@ -2408,6 +2643,22 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                                         wParam);
             break;
 
                                         wParam);
             break;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+        case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
+            // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu()
+            // (on XP at least)
+            if ( m_mouseInWindow )
+            {
+                GenerateMouseLeave();
+            }
+
+            // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window
+            // manager to process the message too.  This is needed to
+            // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves
+            // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here.
+            break;
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
         case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
             processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam);
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
         case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
             processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam);
@@ -2433,7 +2684,7 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                 {
                     if (!win->IsEnabled())
                     {
                 {
                     if (!win->IsEnabled())
                     {
-                        processed = TRUE;
+                        processed = true;
                         break;
                     }
 
                         break;
                     }
 
@@ -2442,26 +2693,79 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                         break;
                 }
 
                         break;
                 }
 
-                if (!processed)
+                if ( processed )
+                    break;
+
 #endif // __WXMICROWIN__
 #endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+                int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                    y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by
+                // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls
+                // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY)
+                wxWindowMSW *win;
+                if ( GetCapture() == this )
                 {
                 {
-                    // VZ: why do we need it here? DefWindowProc() is supposed
-                    //     to do this for us anyhow
-                    if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && AcceptsFocus() )
-                        SetFocus();
+                    // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window
+                    // because then it should really get this event itself
+                    win = this;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y);
+
+                    // this should never happen
+                    wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0,
+                                 _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") );
+                }
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+                if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN)
+                {
+                    SHRGINFO shrgi = {0};
 
 
-                    int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
-                        y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
+                    shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO);
+                    shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND();
+                    shrgi.ptDown.x = x;
+                    shrgi.ptDown.y = y;
 
 
-                    // redirect the event to a static control if necessary
-                    if (this == GetCapture())
+                    shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD;
+                    // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT;
+
+                    if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi))
                     {
                     {
-                        processed = HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam);
+                        wxPoint pt(x, y);
+                        pt = ClientToScreen(pt);
+
+                        wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);
+
+                        evtCtx.SetEventObject(this);
+                        if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx))
+                        {
+                            processed = true;
+                            return true;
+                        }
                     }
                     }
-                    else
+                }
+#endif
+
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+                wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
+
+                processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam);
+
+                // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default
+                // way, that is by giving this window the focus
+                if ( !processed )
+                {
+                    // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to
+                    // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird
+                    // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow)
+                    if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() )
                     {
                     {
-                        wxWindowMSW *win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y); //TW:REQ:Univ
-                        processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam);
+                        if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->AcceptsFocus() )
+                            win->SetFocus();
                     }
                 }
             }
                     }
                 }
             }
@@ -2483,10 +2787,6 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             break;
 #endif // __WXMICROWIN__
 
             break;
 #endif // __WXMICROWIN__
 
-        case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
-            processed = HandleSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-
         case WM_COMMAND:
             {
                 WORD id, cmd;
         case WM_COMMAND:
             {
                 WORD id, cmd;
@@ -2497,13 +2797,24 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 
-#ifdef __WIN95__
         case WM_NOTIFY:
             processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result);
             break;
         case WM_NOTIFY:
             processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result);
             break;
-#endif  // Win95
 
 
-            // for these messages we must return TRUE if process the message
+        // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU,
+        // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU
+        // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY)
+        case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT:
+            if ( lParam == NF_QUERY )
+            {
+                processed = true;
+                rc.result = NFR_UNICODE;
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
+
+            // for these messages we must return true if process the message
 #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM
         case WM_DRAWITEM:
         case WM_MEASUREITEM:
 #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM
         case WM_DRAWITEM:
         case WM_MEASUREITEM:
@@ -2527,12 +2838,20 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
 #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM)
 
         case WM_GETDLGCODE:
 #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM)
 
         case WM_GETDLGCODE:
-            if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS )
+            if ( !IsOfStandardClass() )
             {
             {
-                // want everything: i.e. all keys and WM_CHAR message
-                rc.result = DLGC_WANTARROWS | DLGC_WANTCHARS |
-                            DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTMESSAGE;
-                processed = TRUE;
+                // we always want to get the char events
+                rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS;
+
+                if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS )
+                {
+                    // in fact, we want everything
+                    rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS |
+                                 DLGC_WANTTAB |
+                                 DLGC_WANTALLKEYS;
+                }
+
+                processed = true;
             }
             //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc()
             break;
             }
             //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc()
             break;
@@ -2544,72 +2863,78 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam);
             if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )
             {
             m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam);
             if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )
             {
-                processed = TRUE;
-                break;
+                processed = true;
             }
 
             }
 
-            switch ( wParam )
+            if ( !processed )
             {
             {
-                // we consider these message "not interesting" to OnChar, so
-                // just don't do anything more with them
-                case VK_SHIFT:
-                case VK_CONTROL:
-                case VK_MENU:
-                case VK_CAPITAL:
-                case VK_NUMLOCK:
-                case VK_SCROLL:
-                    processed = TRUE;
-                    break;
-
-                // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys:
-                // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received
-                // in WM_CHAR
-                case VK_ESCAPE:
-                case VK_SPACE:
-                case VK_RETURN:
-                case VK_BACK:
-                case VK_TAB:
-                case VK_ADD:
-                case VK_SUBTRACT:
-                case VK_MULTIPLY:
-                case VK_DIVIDE:
-                case VK_OEM_1:
-                case VK_OEM_2:
-                case VK_OEM_3:
-                case VK_OEM_4:
-                case VK_OEM_5:
-                case VK_OEM_6:
-                case VK_OEM_7:
-                case VK_OEM_PLUS:
-                case VK_OEM_COMMA:
-                case VK_OEM_MINUS:
-                case VK_OEM_PERIOD:
-                    // but set processed to FALSE, not TRUE to still pass them
-                    // to the control's default window proc - otherwise
-                    // built-in keyboard handling won't work
-                    processed = FALSE;
+                switch ( wParam )
+                {
+                    // we consider these messages "not interesting" to OnChar, so
+                    // just don't do anything more with them
+                    case VK_SHIFT:
+                    case VK_CONTROL:
+                    case VK_MENU:
+                    case VK_CAPITAL:
+                    case VK_NUMLOCK:
+                    case VK_SCROLL:
+                        processed = true;
+                        break;
 
 
-                    break;
+                    // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys:
+                    // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received
+                    // in WM_CHAR
+                    case VK_ESCAPE:
+                    case VK_SPACE:
+                    case VK_RETURN:
+                    case VK_BACK:
+                    case VK_TAB:
+                    case VK_ADD:
+                    case VK_SUBTRACT:
+                    case VK_MULTIPLY:
+                    case VK_DIVIDE:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD0:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD1:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD2:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD3:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD4:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD5:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD6:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD7:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD8:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD9:
+                    case VK_OEM_1:
+                    case VK_OEM_2:
+                    case VK_OEM_3:
+                    case VK_OEM_4:
+                    case VK_OEM_5:
+                    case VK_OEM_6:
+                    case VK_OEM_7:
+                    case VK_OEM_PLUS:
+                    case VK_OEM_COMMA:
+                    case VK_OEM_MINUS:
+                    case VK_OEM_PERIOD:
+                        // but set processed to false, not true to still pass them
+                        // to the control's default window proc - otherwise
+                        // built-in keyboard handling won't work
+                        processed = false;
+                        break;
 
 #ifdef VK_APPS
 
 #ifdef VK_APPS
-                // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse
-                // click because both usually pop up a context menu
-                case VK_APPS:
-                    {
-                        WPARAM flags;
-                        int x, y;
-
-                        TranslateKbdEventToMouse(this, &x, &y, &flags);
-                        processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, x, y, flags);
-                    }
-                    break;
+                    // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse
+                    // click because both usually pop up a context menu
+                    case VK_APPS:
+                        processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0);
+                        break;
 #endif // VK_APPS
 
 #endif // VK_APPS
 
-                default:
-                    // do generate a CHAR event
-                    processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
-
+                    default:
+                        // do generate a CHAR event
+                        processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+                }
             }
             }
+            if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN)  // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs
+                processed = false;
             break;
 
         case WM_SYSKEYUP:
             break;
 
         case WM_SYSKEYUP:
@@ -2618,11 +2943,7 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button
             if ( wParam == VK_APPS )
             {
             // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button
             if ( wParam == VK_APPS )
             {
-                WPARAM flags;
-                int x, y;
-
-                TranslateKbdEventToMouse(this, &x, &y, &flags);
-                processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, x, y, flags);
+                processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0);
             }
             else
 #endif // VK_APPS
             }
             else
 #endif // VK_APPS
@@ -2638,15 +2959,21 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                 // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling
                 // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by
                 // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening
                 // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling
                 // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by
                 // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening
-                m_lastKeydownProcessed = FALSE;
-                processed = TRUE;
+                m_lastKeydownProcessed = false;
+                processed = true;
             }
             else
             {
             }
             else
             {
-                processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, TRUE);
+                processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, true);
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 
+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+        case WM_HOTKEY:
+            processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+            break;
+#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY
+
         case WM_HSCROLL:
         case WM_VSCROLL:
             {
         case WM_HSCROLL:
         case WM_VSCROLL:
             {
@@ -2661,9 +2988,8 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             break;
 
         // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their
             break;
 
         // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their
-        // colors#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+        // colors
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
-#ifdef __WIN32__
         case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
         case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
         case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
         case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
         case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
         case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
@@ -2671,22 +2997,12 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
         case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
         case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
         case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
         case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
         case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
         case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
-#else // Win16
-        case WM_CTLCOLOR:
-#endif // Win32/16
             {
             {
-                WXWORD nCtlColor;
                 WXHDC hdc;
                 WXHWND hwnd;
                 WXHDC hdc;
                 WXHWND hwnd;
-                UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &nCtlColor, &hdc, &hwnd);
-
-                processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush,
-                                           (WXHDC)hdc,
-                                           (WXHWND)hwnd,
-                                           nCtlColor,
-                                           message,
-                                           wParam,
-                                           lParam);
+                UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd);
+
+                processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd);
             }
             break;
 #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
             }
             break;
 #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
@@ -2696,9 +3012,11 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             processed = HandleSysColorChange();
             break;
 
             processed = HandleSysColorChange();
             break;
 
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
             processed = HandleDisplayChange();
             break;
         case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
             processed = HandleDisplayChange();
             break;
+#endif
 
         case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
             processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
 
         case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
             processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
@@ -2708,6 +3026,10 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam);
             break;
 
             processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam);
             break;
 
+        case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
+            processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam);
+            break;
+
         case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
             processed = HandleQueryNewPalette();
             break;
         case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
             processed = HandleQueryNewPalette();
             break;
@@ -2721,9 +3043,11 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         case WM_DROPFILES:
             processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam);
             break;
         case WM_DROPFILES:
             processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam);
             break;
+#endif
 
         case WM_INITDIALOG:
             processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
 
         case WM_INITDIALOG:
             processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
@@ -2735,6 +3059,7 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
             processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow);
             break;
         case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
             processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow);
             break;
@@ -2746,6 +3071,7 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
         case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
             processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam);
             break;
         case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
             processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam);
             break;
+#endif
 
         case WM_SETCURSOR:
             processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam,
 
         case WM_SETCURSOR:
             processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam,
@@ -2761,43 +3087,67 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && defined(WM_HELP)
+#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
+        case WM_GETOBJECT:
+            {
+                //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam;
+                LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam;
+
+                if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible())
+                {
+                    return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible());
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(WM_HELP)
         case WM_HELP:
             {
         case WM_HELP:
             {
+                // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards
+                // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already
+                // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want
+                // to get the other events if we process this message at all
+                processed = true;
+
+                // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
                 HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam;
                 HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam;
-                // Don't yet process menu help events, just windows
-                if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW)
+                if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW )
                 {
                 {
-                    wxWindowMSW* subjectOfHelp = this;
-                    bool eventProcessed = FALSE;
-                    while (subjectOfHelp && !eventProcessed)
-                    {
-                        wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP,
-                                              subjectOfHelp->GetId(),
-                                              wxPoint(info->MousePos.x,
-                                              info->MousePos.y) );
-                        helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
-                        eventProcessed =
-                            GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
-
-                        // Go up the window hierarchy until the event is
-                        // handled (or not)
-                        subjectOfHelp = subjectOfHelp->GetParent();
-                    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+                    wxHelpEvent helpEvent
+                                (
+                                    wxEVT_HELP,
+                                    GetId(),
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                                    wxGetMousePosition() // what else?
+#else
+                                    wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y)
+#endif
+                                );
 
 
-                    processed = eventProcessed;
+                    helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+                    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
                 }
                 }
-                else if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM)
+                else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM )
                 {
                     wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId);
                     helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
                 {
                     wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId);
                     helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
-                    processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+                    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
 
                 }
 
                 }
-                //else: processed is already FALSE
+                else // unknown help event?
+                {
+                    processed = false;
+                }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
             }
             break;
             }
             break;
+#endif // WM_HELP
 
 
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
             {
                 // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as
         case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
             {
                 // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as
@@ -2805,14 +3155,51 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                 wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
 
                 wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);
                 wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
 
                 wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);
-                processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx);
+
+                // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back
+                // to it if this is the case
+                wxWindowMSW *win = NULL;
+                if ( (WXHWND)wParam != m_hWnd )
+                {
+                    win = FindItemByHWND((WXHWND)wParam);
+                }
+
+                if ( !win )
+                    win = this;
+
+                evtCtx.SetEventObject(win);
+                processed = win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx);
             }
             break;
             }
             break;
-#endif // __WIN32__
-    }
+#endif
 
 
-    if ( !processed )
-    {
+        case WM_MENUCHAR:
+            // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU
+            if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP )
+            {
+                // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items
+                int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam);
+                if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND )
+                {
+                    rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE);
+                    processed = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+        case WM_POWERBROADCAST:
+            {
+                bool vetoed;
+                processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed);
+                rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
+    }
+
+    if ( !processed )
+    {
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
         wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."),
                    wxGetMessageName(message));
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
         wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."),
                    wxGetMessageName(message));
@@ -2831,7 +3218,7 @@ wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL;
 
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
 {
 
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
 {
-    return wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd);
+    return (wxWindow*)wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd);
 }
 
 void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
 }
 
 void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
@@ -2846,7 +3233,7 @@ void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
     if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) )
     {
         wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"),
     if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) )
     {
         wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"),
-                   hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
+                   (int) hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
     }
     else
 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
     }
     else
 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
@@ -2876,15 +3263,15 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
                                            int& x, int& y,
                                            int& w, int& h) const
 {
                                            int& x, int& y,
                                            int& w, int& h) const
 {
+    // yes, those are just some arbitrary hardcoded numbers
     static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200;
     static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200;
-    static const int DEFAULT_H = 250;
 
 
-    bool nonDefault = FALSE;
+    bool nonDefault = false;
 
 
-    if ( pos.x == -1 )
+    if ( pos.x == wxDefaultCoord )
     {
     {
-        // if set x to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we can
-        // just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well
+        // if x is set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we
+        // can just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well
         x =
         y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
     }
         x =
         y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
     }
@@ -2894,15 +3281,15 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
         // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then
         // and so we have to choose some default value for it
         x = pos.x;
         // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then
         // and so we have to choose some default value for it
         x = pos.x;
-        y = pos.y == -1 ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y;
+        y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y;
 
 
-        nonDefault = TRUE;
+        nonDefault = true;
     }
 
     /*
       NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the
           window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was
     }
 
     /*
       NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the
           window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was
-          specified. This was wrong because wxWindows programs often assume
+          specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume
           that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke
           it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from
           inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called
           that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke
           it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from
           inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called
@@ -2911,31 +3298,58 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
           event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we
           rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children
           but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right
           event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we
           rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children
           but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right
-          size, nothing will happen as both wxWindows and Windows check for
+          size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for
           this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it
           already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent.
      */
           this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it
           already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent.
      */
-    if ( size.x == -1 )
-    {
-        // as above, h is not used at all in this case anyhow
-        w =
+
+
+    // we don't use CW_USEDEFAULT here for several reasons:
+    //
+    //  1. it results in huge frames on modern screens (1000*800 is not
+    //     uncommon on my 1280*1024 screen) which is way too big for a half
+    //     empty frame of most of wxWidgets samples for example)
+    //
+    //  2. it is buggy for frames with wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style for which
+    //     the default is for whatever reason 8*8 which breaks client <->
+    //     window size calculations (it would be nice if it didn't, but it
+    //     does and the simplest way to fix it seemed to change the broken
+    //     default size anyhow)
+    //
+    //  3. there is just no advantage in doing it: with x and y it is
+    //     possible that [future versions of] Windows position the new top
+    //     level window in some smart way which we can't do, but we can
+    //     guess a reasonably good size for a new window just as well
+    //     ourselves
+
+    // However, on PocketPC devices, we must use the default
+    // size if possible.
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+    if (size.x == wxDefaultCoord)
+        w = CW_USEDEFAULT;
+    else
+        w = size.x;
+    if (size.y == wxDefaultCoord)
         h = CW_USEDEFAULT;
         h = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    }
     else
     else
+        h = size.y;
+#else
+    if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord || size.y == wxDefaultCoord)
     {
     {
-        // and, again as above, we can't set the height to CW_USEDEFAULT here
-        w = size.x;
-        h = size.y == -1 ? DEFAULT_H  : size.y;
-
-        nonDefault = TRUE;
+        nonDefault = true;
     }
     }
+    w = WidthDefault(size.x);
+    h = HeightDefault(size.y);
+#endif
+
+    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y);
 
     return nonDefault;
 }
 
 WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const
 {
 
     return nonDefault;
 }
 
 WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const
 {
-    return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : NULL;
+    return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
@@ -2951,26 +3365,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
 
     // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0
     // unless we're creating a child window
 
     // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0
     // unless we're creating a child window
-    int controlId;
-    if ( style & WS_CHILD )
-    {
-        controlId = GetId();
-
-        if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
-        {
-            style |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
-        }
-    }
-    else // !child
-    {
-        controlId = 0;
-    }
+    int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0;
 
     // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class
     // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it
     // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize
     wxString className(wclass);
 
     // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class
     // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it
     // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize
     wxString className(wclass);
-    if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
+    if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) )
     {
         className += wxT("NR");
     }
     {
         className += wxT("NR");
     }
@@ -2980,29 +3381,27 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
 
     m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx
                        (
 
     m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx
                        (
-                            extendedStyle,
-                            className,
-                            title ? title : wxT(""),
-                            style,
-                            x, y, w, h,
-                            (HWND)MSWGetParent(),
-                            (HMENU)controlId,
-                            wxGetInstance(),
-                            NULL                        // no extra data
+                        extendedStyle,
+                        className,
+                        title ? title : m_windowName.c_str(),
+                        style,
+                        x, y, w, h,
+                        (HWND)MSWGetParent(),
+                        (HMENU)controlId,
+                        wxGetInstance(),
+                        NULL                        // no extra data
                        );
 
     if ( !m_hWnd )
     {
                        );
 
     if ( !m_hWnd )
     {
-        wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), wclass);
+        wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str());
 
 
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
     }
 
     SubclassWin(m_hWnd);
 
     }
 
     SubclassWin(m_hWnd);
 
-    SetFont(wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT));
-
-    return TRUE;
+    return true;
 }
 
 // ===========================================================================
 }
 
 // ===========================================================================
@@ -3013,8 +3412,6 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
 // WM_NOTIFY
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // WM_NOTIFY
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#ifdef __WIN95__
-// FIXME: VZ: I'm not sure at all that the order of processing is correct
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
 {
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
 {
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
@@ -3022,51 +3419,141 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
     HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom;
     wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd);
 
     HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom;
     wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd);
 
-    // is this one of our windows?
+    // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself
     if ( win )
     {
         return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
     }
 
     if ( win )
     {
         return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
     }
 
+    // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it
+    //     breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip
+    //     notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls
+    //     (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my
+    //     example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the
+    //     correct button tooltips
+#if 0
     // try all our children
     // try all our children
-    wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
     while ( node )
     {
         wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
         if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) )
         {
     while ( node )
     {
         wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
         if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) )
         {
-            return TRUE;
+            return true;
         }
 
         node = node->GetNext();
     }
         }
 
         node = node->GetNext();
     }
+#endif // 0
 
 
-    // finally try this window too (catches toolbar case)
+    // by default, handle it ourselves
     return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
 #else // __WXMICROWIN__
     return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
 #else // __WXMICROWIN__
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
+                                      WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                      const wxString& ttip)
+{
+    // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting
+    // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally,
+    // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence
+    // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in
+    // this case
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW)
+            || ttip.empty() )
+    {
+        // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow
+        return false;
+    }
 #endif
 #endif
+
+    LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam;
+
+    // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80
+    // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it
+    // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters
+    //
+    // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at
+    // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have
+    // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so
+    // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length.
+    //
+    // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single
+    // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow.
+#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
+    if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW )
+    {
+        // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly.
+        static wchar_t buf[513];
+
+        // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have
+        // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would
+        // return an error
+        size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
+
+        // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL
+        // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient).
+        int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar
+                    (
+                        CP_ACP,
+                        0,                      // no flags
+                        ttip,
+                        tipLength,
+                        buf,
+                        WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1
+                    );
+
+        if ( !len )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("MultiByteToWideChar()"));
+        }
+
+        buf[len] = L'\0';
+        ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf;
+    }
+    else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA
+#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE
+    {
+        // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or
+        // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have
+        // to copy the string we have into the buffer
+        static wxChar buf[513];
+        wxStrncpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
+        buf[WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1] = _T('\0');
+        ttText->lpszText = buf;
+    }
+
+    return true;
 }
 
 }
 
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
-                           WXLPARAM lParam,
-                           WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))
+                              WXLPARAM lParam,
+                              WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))
 {
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 {
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
-    if ( (int)hdr->code == TTN_NEEDTEXT && m_tooltip )
+    if ( m_tooltip )
     {
     {
-        TOOLTIPTEXT *ttt = (TOOLTIPTEXT *)lParam;
-        ttt->lpszText = (wxChar *)m_tooltip->GetTip().c_str();
-
-        // processed
-        return TRUE;
+        NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
+        if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip()))
+        {
+            // processed
+            return true;
+        }
     }
     }
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(lParam);
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
 }
 }
-#endif // __WIN95__
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // end session messages
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // end session messages
@@ -3074,9 +3561,10 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
 {
-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, -1);
+#ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
+    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY);
     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
-    event.SetCanVeto(TRUE);
+    event.SetCanVeto(true);
     event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF);
 
     bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
     event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF);
 
     bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
@@ -3089,68 +3577,60 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
     }
 
     return rc;
     }
 
     return rc;
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(logOff);
+    wxUnusedVar(mayEnd);
+    return false;
+#endif
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
 {
+#ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
     // do nothing if the session isn't ending
     if ( !endSession )
     // do nothing if the session isn't ending
     if ( !endSession )
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
 
     // only send once
     if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) )
 
     // only send once
     if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) )
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
 
 
-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, -1);
+    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY);
     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
-    event.SetCanVeto(FALSE);
+    event.SetCanVeto(false);
     event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
 
     return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
     event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
 
     return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(endSession);
+    wxUnusedVar(logOff);
+    return false;
+#endif
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // window creation/destruction
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // window creation/destruction
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT cs, bool *mayCreate)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs),
+                               bool *mayCreate)
 {
 {
-    // if we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our
-    // parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using
-    // GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as
-    // IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed,
-    // all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the focus and
-    // stop iterating when they get back to the focus but unless all parents
-    // have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never get back to focus
+    // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support
+    //     WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally,
+    //     not with multiple #ifdef's!
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
     if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
     if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
-    {
-        // there is no need to do anything for the top level windows
-        const wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-        if ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() )
-        {
-            LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE);
-            if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
-            {
-                // force the parent to have this style
-                ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE,
-                                exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // TODO: should generate this event from WM_NCCREATE
-    wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
-    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+        EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent());
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
 
 
-    *mayCreate = TRUE;
+    *mayCreate = true;
 
 
-    return TRUE;
+    return true;
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
 {
-    wxWindowDestroyEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
-    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    SendDestroyEvent();
 
     // delete our drop target if we've got one
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
     // delete our drop target if we've got one
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
@@ -3164,7 +3644,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
     // WM_DESTROY handled
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
     // WM_DESTROY handled
-    return TRUE;
+    return true;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3185,6 +3665,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state,
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 {
+    // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being
+    // deleted, even if they already had focus before.
+    if ( m_isBeingDeleted )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
     // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation
     // purposes that we got it
     wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this);
     // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation
     // purposes that we got it
     wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this);
@@ -3203,7 +3690,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler
     if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) )
     {
     // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler
     if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) )
     {
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 
@@ -3232,10 +3719,17 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl);
     if ( ctrl )
     {
     wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl);
     if ( ctrl )
     {
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
     }
 #endif
 
     }
 #endif
 
+    // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted.  This can
+    // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object.
+    if ( m_isBeingDeleted )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
     wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
@@ -3245,6 +3739,20 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// labels
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label)
+{
+    SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str());
+}
+
+wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const
+{
+    return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
+}
+
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // miscellaneous
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // miscellaneous
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3252,7 +3760,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
 {
     wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
 {
     wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
@@ -3260,14 +3768,17 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
 {
     wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
 {
     wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
 {
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
 {
-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    wxUnusedVar(wParam);
+    return false;
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
     HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;
 
     // Get the total number of files dropped
     HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;
 
     // Get the total number of files dropped
@@ -3287,14 +3798,12 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
 
         // and now get the file name
         ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex,
 
         // and now get the file name
         ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex,
-                        files[wIndex].GetWriteBuf(len), len);
-
-        files[wIndex].UngetWriteBuf();
+                        wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len);
     }
     DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
 
     wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
     }
     DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
 
     wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     POINT dropPoint;
     DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
 
     POINT dropPoint;
     DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
@@ -3302,11 +3811,10 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
     event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y;
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y;
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-#else // __WXMICROWIN__
-    return FALSE;
 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 
+
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
                                   short nHitTest,
                                   int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg))
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
                                   short nHitTest,
                                   int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg))
@@ -3322,7 +3830,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
 
     if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )
     {
 
     if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )
     {
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
     }
 
     HCURSOR hcursor = 0;
     }
 
     HCURSOR hcursor = 0;
@@ -3330,15 +3838,14 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
     // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
     // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
     POINT pt;
     // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
     // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
     POINT pt;
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt))
+#else
     if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
     if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+#endif
     {
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));
     }
     {
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));
     }
-#else
-    // In WIN16 it doesn't return a value.
-    ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
-#endif
 
     int x = pt.x,
         y = pt.y;
 
     int x = pt.x,
         y = pt.y;
@@ -3383,22 +3890,109 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
 
     if ( hcursor )
     {
 
     if ( hcursor )
     {
+//        wxLogDebug("HandleSetCursor: Setting cursor %ld", (long) hcursor);
+
         ::SetCursor(hcursor);
 
         // cursor set, stop here
         ::SetCursor(hcursor);
 
         // cursor set, stop here
-        return TRUE;
+        return true;
     }
 #endif // __WXMICROWIN__
 
     // pass up the window chain
     }
 #endif // __WXMICROWIN__
 
     // pass up the window chain
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam),
+                              WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam),
+                              bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed))
+{
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    // FIXME
+    return false;
+#else
+    wxEventType evtType;
+    switch ( wParam )
+    {
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMSUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND:
+#ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC
+        case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC:
+#endif
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxLogDebug(_T("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam);
+            // fall through
+
+        // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED:
+        case PBT_APMSTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW:
+        case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE:
+        case PBT_APMOEMEVENT:
+        case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL:
+            evtType = wxEVT_NULL;
+            break;
+    }
+
+    // don't handle unknown messages
+    if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL )
+        return false;
+
+    // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events?
+
+    wxPowerEvent event(evtType);
+    if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+        return false;
+
+    *vetoed = event.IsVetoed();
+
+    return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const
+{
+    for ( const wxWindowMSW *wnd = this;
+          wnd && !wnd->IsTopLevel(); wnd =
+          wnd->GetParent() )
+    {
+        if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(wnd), GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_COMPOSITED )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // owner drawn stuff
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // owner drawn stuff
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+#if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \
+        (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__))
+    #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param
+#else
+    #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param)
+#endif
+
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id),
+                           WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct))
 {
 #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
 
 {
 #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
 
@@ -3409,7 +4003,12 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
     {
         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
 
     {
         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
 
-        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+        // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below
+        if ( !pMenuItem )
+            return false;
+
+        wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem),
+                         false, _T("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );
 
         // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent
         // the DC from being released
 
         // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent
         // the DC from being released
@@ -3428,41 +4027,75 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-    if ( item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) )
+#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl);
+#else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make
+    // them owner-drawn to support colour change
+    wxControl *item =
+#                     if wxUSE_BUTTON
+                         wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton)
+#                     else
+                         NULL
+#                     endif
+                    ;
+#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+    if ( item )
     {
     {
-        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);
+        return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);
     }
     }
-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 
 
-#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 
 
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
 {
 {
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
     // is it a menu item?
     MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
     if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )
     {
         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
 
     // is it a menu item?
     MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
     if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )
     {
         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
 
-        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+        // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an
+        // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info:
+        // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745
+        //
+        // so silently ignore it instead of asserting
+        if ( !pMenuItem )
+            return false;
+
+        wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem),
+                        false, _T("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );
 
 
-        return pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&pMeasureStruct->itemWidth,
-                                        &pMeasureStruct->itemHeight);
+        size_t w, h;
+        bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h);
+
+        pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w;
+        pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h;
+
+        return rc;
     }
 
     }
 
-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-    if ( item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) )
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl);
+    if ( item )
     {
     {
-        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);
+        return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);
     }
     }
-#endif  // owner-drawn menus
-    return FALSE;
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(id);
+    wxUnusedVar(itemStruct);
+#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+    return false;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3478,7 +4111,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange()
 
     // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the
     // native controls to react to the colours update
 
     // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the
     // native controls to react to the colours update
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange()
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange()
@@ -3489,49 +4122,26 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange()
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush,
-                              WXHDC pDC,
-                              WXHWND pWnd,
-                              WXUINT nCtlColor,
-                              WXUINT message,
-                              WXWPARAM wParam,
-                              WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
-    WXHBRUSH hBrush = 0;
 
 
-    if ( nCtlColor == CTLCOLOR_DLG )
-    {
-        hBrush = OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
-    }
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+#if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    wxUnusedVar(hDC);
+    wxUnusedVar(hWnd);
+#else
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl);
+
+    if ( item )
+        *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd);
     else
     else
-    {
-        wxControl *item = (wxControl *)FindItemByHWND(pWnd, TRUE);
-        if ( item )
-            hBrush = item->OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
-    }
 #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+        *brush = NULL;
 
 
-    if ( hBrush )
-        *brush = hBrush;
-
-    return hBrush != 0;
-#else // __WXMICROWIN__
-    return FALSE;
-#endif
+    return *brush != NULL;
 }
 
 }
 
-// Define for each class of dialog and control
-WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::OnCtlColor(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC),
-                                 WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
-                                 WXUINT WXUNUSED(nCtlColor),
-                                 WXUINT WXUNUSED(message),
-                                 WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam),
-                                 WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
-{
-    return (WXHBRUSH)0;
-}
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
 {
@@ -3540,7 +4150,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
     if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() )
     {
         // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
     if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() )
     {
         // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
-        wxWindow *win = this;
+        wxWindowMSW *win = this;
         while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() )
         {
             win = win->GetParent();
         while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() )
         {
             win = win->GetParent();
@@ -3563,7 +4173,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
 
             // now check for the need to redraw
             if (result > 0)
 
             // now check for the need to redraw
             if (result > 0)
-                InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE);
+                ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE);
         }
 
     }
         }
 
     }
@@ -3578,22 +4188,50 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture)
 {
-    wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture));
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture
+    // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863):
+    wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost();
 
 
+    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture);
+    wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)"
+    // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level
+    // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary
+    // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes
+
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )
+    {
+        // top-level windows already get this message from the system
+        wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+        if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam);
+        }
+
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }
+
+    // let the system handle it
+    return false;
+}
+
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
 {
 
 #if wxUSE_PALETTE
     // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
 {
 
 #if wxUSE_PALETTE
     // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
-    wxWindow *win = this;
+    wxWindowMSW *win = this;
     while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent();
     if (win->HasCustomPalette()) {
         /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */
     while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent();
     if (win->HasCustomPalette()) {
         /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */
-        HDC hdc = GetDC((HWND) GetHWND());
+        HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND());
         win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
              ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) );
 
         win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
              ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) );
 
@@ -3624,9 +4262,9 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
     if ( IsTopLevel() )
     {
         // FIXME-MT
     if ( IsTopLevel() )
     {
         // FIXME-MT
-        gs_hasStdCmap = FALSE;
+        gs_hasStdCmap = false;
     }
     }
-    wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
     while ( node )
     {
         // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already
     while ( node )
     {
         // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already
@@ -3642,20 +4280,6 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 
         node = node->GetNext();
     }
 
         node = node->GetNext();
     }
-
-    // update the colours we use if they were not set explicitly by the user:
-    // this must be done or OnCtlColor() would continue to use the old colours
-    if ( !m_hasFgCol )
-    {
-        m_foregroundColour = wxSystemSettings::
-                                GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT);
-    }
-
-    if ( !m_hasBgCol )
-    {
-        m_backgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::
-                                GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE);
-    }
 }
 
 extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
 }
 
 extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
@@ -3665,7 +4289,7 @@ extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
 
     if ( !gs_hasStdCmap )
     {
 
     if ( !gs_hasStdCmap )
     {
-        static bool s_coloursInit = FALSE;
+        static bool s_coloursInit = false;
 
         if ( !s_coloursInit )
         {
 
         if ( !s_coloursInit )
         {
@@ -3676,6 +4300,7 @@ extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
             // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a
             // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change
             // to.
             // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a
             // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change
             // to.
+            wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap
             wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS"));
             if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() )
             {
             wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS"));
             if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() )
             {
@@ -3703,10 +4328,10 @@ extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
                 //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255);     // magenta
             }
 
                 //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255);     // magenta
             }
 
-            s_coloursInit = TRUE;
+            s_coloursInit = true;
         }
 
         }
 
-        gs_hasStdCmap = TRUE;
+        gs_hasStdCmap = true;
 
         // create the colour map
 #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \
 
         // create the colour map
 #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \
@@ -3730,7 +4355,6 @@ extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
 {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
     HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
     if ( !hRegion )
         wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn"));
     HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
     if ( !hRegion )
         wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn"));
@@ -3738,14 +4362,6 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn"));
 
     m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn"));
 
     m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
-#else // Win16
-    RECT updateRect;
-    ::GetUpdateRect(GetHwnd(), &updateRect, FALSE);
-
-    m_updateRegion = wxRegion(updateRect.left, updateRect.top,
-                              updateRect.right - updateRect.left,
-                              updateRect.bottom - updateRect.top);
-#endif // Win32/16
 
     wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
@@ -3778,22 +4394,15 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
 {
-    // Prevents flicker when dragging
-    if ( ::IsIconic(GetHwnd()) )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    wxDCTemp dc(hdc);
+    wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize());
 
     dc.SetHDC(hdc);
     dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
 
     dc.SetHDC(hdc);
     dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
-    dc.BeginDrawing();
 
     wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
     bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
 
     wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
     bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
-    dc.EndDrawing();
-
     // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp
     dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc);
 
     // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp
     dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc);
 
@@ -3802,23 +4411,124 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
 
 void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
 {
 
 void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
 {
-    RECT rect;
-    ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rect);
+    // standard non top level controls (i.e. except the dialogs) always erase
+    // their background themselves in HandleCtlColor() or have some control-
+    // specific ways to set the colours (common controls)
+    if ( IsOfStandardClass() && !IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        event.Skip();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM )
+    {
+        // don't skip the event here, custom background means that the app
+        // is drawing it itself in its OnPaint(), so don't draw it at all
+        // now to avoid flicker
+        return;
+    }
+
+
+    // do default background painting
+    if ( !DoEraseBackground(GetHdcOf(*event.GetDC())) )
+    {
+        // let the system paint the background
+        event.Skip();
+    }
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC)
+{
+    HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC);
+    if ( !hbr )
+        return false;
+
+    wxFillRect(GetHwnd(), (HDC)hDC, hbr);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+WXHBRUSH
+wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+    if ( m_hasBgCol )
+    {
+        // our background colour applies to:
+        //  1. this window itself, always
+        //  2. all children unless the colour is "not inheritable"
+        //  3. even if it is not inheritable, our immediate transparent
+        //     children should still inherit it -- but not any transparent
+        //     children because it would look wrong if a child of non
+        //     transparent child would show our bg colour when the child itself
+        //     does not
+        wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd);
+        if ( win == this ||
+                m_inheritBgCol ||
+                    (win && win->HasTransparentBackground() &&
+                        win->GetParent() == this) )
+        {
+            // draw children with the same colour as the parent
+            wxBrush *
+                brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour());
+
+            return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWndToPaint)
+{
+    if ( !hWndToPaint )
+        hWndToPaint = GetHWND();
+
+    for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    {
+        WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, hWndToPaint);
+        if ( hBrush )
+            return hBrush;
+
+        // background is not inherited beyond top level windows
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC)
+{
+    // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is
+    // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we
+    // must draw properly themed background here
+    //
+    // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the
+    // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it
+    // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is
+    // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params
+    //
+    // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're
+    // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else!
+
+    if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() )
+        return false;
 
 
-    COLORREF ref = PALETTERGB(m_backgroundColour.Red(),
-                              m_backgroundColour.Green(),
-                              m_backgroundColour.Blue());
-    HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(ref);
-    if ( !hBrush )
-        wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateSolidBrush"));
+    // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead
+    // return whatever value this window wants
+    if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() )
+        return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this);
 
 
-    HDC hdc = (HDC)event.GetDC()->GetHDC();
+    for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    {
+        if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) )
+            return true;
 
 
-    int mode = ::SetMapMode(hdc, MM_TEXT);
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() )
+            break;
+    }
 
 
-    ::FillRect(hdc, &rect, hBrush);
-    ::DeleteObject(hBrush);
-    ::SetMapMode(hdc, mode);
+    return false;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3843,60 +4553,169 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize()
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)
 {
-    wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(x, y), m_windowId);
+    wxPoint point(x,y);
+    wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h),
-                             WXUINT WXUNUSED(flag))
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect)
 {
 {
-    // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size while
-    // according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to receive the total
-    // size
-    wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId);
+    wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    if (rc)
+        rect = event.GetRect();
+    return rc;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam)
 {
 {
-    MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo;
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be
+    // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them
+    int numChildren = 0;
+    for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD);
+          child;
+          child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) )
+    {
+        numChildren ++;
+    }
 
 
-    bool rc = FALSE;
+    // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten
+    bool useDefer = false;
 
 
-    int minWidth = GetMinWidth(),
-        minHeight = GetMinHeight(),
+    if ( numChildren > 1 )
+    {
+        if (!m_hDWP)
+        {
+            m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren);
+            if ( !m_hDWP )
+            {
+                wxLogLastError(_T("BeginDeferWindowPos"));
+            }
+            if (m_hDWP)
+                useDefer = true;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+    // update this window size
+    bool processed = false;
+    switch ( wParam )
+    {
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
+            // fall through nevertheless
+
+        case SIZE_MAXHIDE:
+        case SIZE_MAXSHOW:
+            // we're not interested in these messages at all
+            break;
+
+        case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
+            processed = HandleMinimize();
+            break;
+
+        case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
+            /* processed = */ HandleMaximize();
+            // fall through to send a normal size event as well
+
+        case SIZE_RESTORED:
+            // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size
+            // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to
+            // receive the total size
+            wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId);
+            event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+            processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    }
+
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once
+    if ( useDefer && m_hDWP )
+    {
+        // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our
+        // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't
+        // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we
+        // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...)
+        HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP;
+        m_hDWP = NULL;
+
+        // do put all child controls in place at once
+        if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("EndDeferWindowPos"));
+        }
+
+        // Reset our children's pending pos/size values.
+        for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+              node;
+              node = node->GetNext() )
+        {
+            wxWindowMSW *child = node->GetData();
+            child->m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition;
+            child->m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+    return processed;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect)
+{
+    wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    if (rc)
+        rect = event.GetRect();
+    return rc;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo))
+{
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    return false;
+#else
+    MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo;
+
+    bool rc = false;
+
+    int minWidth = GetMinWidth(),
+        minHeight = GetMinHeight(),
         maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(),
         maxHeight = GetMaxHeight();
 
         maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(),
         maxHeight = GetMaxHeight();
 
-    if ( minWidth != -1 )
+    if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord )
     {
         info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth;
     {
         info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth;
-        rc = TRUE;
+        rc = true;
     }
 
     }
 
-    if ( minHeight != -1 )
+    if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord )
     {
         info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight;
     {
         info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight;
-        rc = TRUE;
+        rc = true;
     }
 
     }
 
-    if ( maxWidth != -1 )
+    if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord )
     {
         info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth;
     {
         info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth;
-        rc = TRUE;
+        rc = true;
     }
 
     }
 
-    if ( maxHeight != -1 )
+    if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord )
     {
         info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight;
     {
         info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight;
-        rc = TRUE;
+        rc = true;
     }
 
     return rc;
     }
 
     return rc;
+#endif
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3952,34 +4771,28 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
 
         return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     }
 
         return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     }
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     else
     {
     else
     {
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
         // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND
         // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
         // wxSpinCtrl
         wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control);
         if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) )
         // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND
         // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
         // wxSpinCtrl
         wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control);
         if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) )
-            return TRUE;
-    }
+            return true;
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
-{
-    // 4 bits are reserved
-    switch ( wParam & 0xFFFFFFF0 )
-    {
-        case SC_MAXIMIZE:
-            return HandleMaximize();
-
-        case SC_MINIMIZE:
-            return HandleMinimize();
+#if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
+        // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND
+        // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
+        // wxChoice
+        wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control);
+        if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) )
+            return true;
+#endif
     }
 
     }
 
-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -4000,19 +4813,22 @@ void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
     event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0;
-    event.m_altDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x80000000) != 0;
+    event.m_altDown = ::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0;
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif
 
 
-    event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
     event.SetId(GetId());
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
     event.SetId(GetId());
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
-    m_lastMouseX = x;
-    m_lastMouseY = y;
-    m_lastMouseEvent = event.GetEventType();
+    gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y));
+    gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType();
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 }
 
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
 // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are
 // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns
 // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events
 // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are
 // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns
 // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events
@@ -4023,7 +4839,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
 // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could
 // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts
 // still don't get move, enter nor leave events.
 // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could
 // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts
 // still don't get move, enter nor leave events.
-static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) //TW:REQ:Univ
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y)
 {
     wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") );
 
 {
     wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") );
 
@@ -4033,7 +4849,13 @@ static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) //
     HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win),
          hwndUnderMouse;
 
     HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win),
          hwndUnderMouse;
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint
+                       (
+                        hwnd,
+                        pt
+                       );
+#else
     hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx
                        (
                         hwnd,
     hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx
                        (
                         hwnd,
@@ -4042,9 +4864,9 @@ static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) //
                         CWP_SKIPDISABLED    |
                         CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT
                        );
                         CWP_SKIPDISABLED    |
                         CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT
                        );
+#endif
 
     if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd )
 
     if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd )
-#endif // __WIN32__
     {
         // now try any child window at all
         hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt);
     {
         // now try any child window at all
         hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt);
@@ -4070,11 +4892,12 @@ static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) //
 
     return win;
 }
 
     return win;
 }
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 {
     // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 {
     // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to
-    // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to substract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST
+    // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST
     // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event
     // id
     static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] =
     // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event
     // id
     static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] =
@@ -4108,7 +4931,45 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
         if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
             // Generate an ENTER event
         if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
             // Generate an ENTER event
-            m_mouseInWindow = TRUE;
+            m_mouseInWindow = true;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+            typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT);
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+            static const _TrackMouseEvent_t
+                s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent;
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+            static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent;
+            static bool s_initDone = false;
+            if ( !s_initDone )
+            {
+                wxLogNull noLog;
+
+                wxDynamicLibrary dllComCtl32(_T("comctl32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM);
+                if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() )
+                {
+                    s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t)
+                        dllComCtl32.GetSymbol(_T("_TrackMouseEvent"));
+                }
+
+                s_initDone = true;
+
+                // notice that it's ok to unload comctl32.dll here as it won't
+                // be really unloaded, being still in use because we link to it
+                // statically too
+            }
+
+            if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent )
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
+            {
+                WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo;
+
+                trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
+                trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd();
+
+                (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo);
+            }
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
 
             wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
             InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
 
             wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
             InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
@@ -4116,19 +4977,36 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
             (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
         }
     }
             (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
         }
     }
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+    else // mouse not in window
+    {
+        // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
+        // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so
+        // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking
+        if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() )
+        {
+            GenerateMouseLeave();
+        }
+    }
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
-    // Window gets a click down message followed by a mouse move message even
-    // if position isn't changed!  We want to discard the trailing move event
-    // if x and y are the same.
-    if ( (m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
-          m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
-          m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN) &&
-         (m_lastMouseX == x && m_lastMouseY == y) )
-    {
-        m_lastMouseEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
+    // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't
+    // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576)
+    //
+    // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to
+    // other platforms
+    if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION )
+    {
+        if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos )
+        {
+            gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION;
 
 
-        return FALSE;
+            return false;
+        }
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 
@@ -4139,15 +5017,17 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's
+    // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client
+    // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for
+    // consistency
+    const wxPoint
+        pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)));
     wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL);
     wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL);
-    InitMouseEvent(event,
-                   GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
-                   GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
-                   LOWORD(wParam));
+    InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam));
     event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam);
     event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA;
 
     event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam);
     event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA;
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
     static int s_linesPerRotation = -1;
     if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 )
     {
     static int s_linesPerRotation = -1;
     if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 )
     {
@@ -4161,22 +5041,57 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
             s_linesPerRotation = 3;
         }
     }
             s_linesPerRotation = 3;
         }
     }
-#else // Win16
-    // no SystemParametersInfo() under Win16
-    static const int s_linesPerRotation = 3;
-#endif
 
     event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation;
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
 
     event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation;
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
-#else
-    (void) wParam;
-    (void) lParam;
+#else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    wxUnusedVar(wParam);
+    wxUnusedVar(lParam);
 
 
-    return FALSE;
-#endif
+    return false;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
 }
 
 }
 
+void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave()
+{
+    m_mouseInWindow = false;
+
+    int state = 0;
+    if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
+        state |= MK_SHIFT;
+    if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
+        state |= MK_CONTROL;
+
+    // Only the high-order bit should be tested
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_LBUTTON;
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_MBUTTON;
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_RBUTTON;
+
+    POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt) )
+#else
+    if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+#endif
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));
+    }
+
+    // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
+    // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
+    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+    pt.x -= rect.left;
+    pt.y -= rect.top;
+
+    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+    InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state);
+
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // keyboard handling
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // keyboard handling
@@ -4195,15 +5110,24 @@ wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
     event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
     event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN;
 
     event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
     event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN;
 
-    event.m_eventObject = (wxWindow *)this; // const_cast
+    event.SetEventObject((wxWindow *)this); // const_cast
     event.m_keyCode = id;
     event.m_keyCode = id;
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+    event.m_uniChar = (wxChar) wParam;
+#endif
     event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam;
     event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam;
     event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam;
     event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam;
-    event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif
 
     // translate the position to client coords
     POINT pt;
 
     // translate the position to client coords
     POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);
+#else
     GetCursorPos(&pt);
     GetCursorPos(&pt);
+#endif
     RECT rect;
     GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect);
     pt.x -= rect.left;
     RECT rect;
     GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect);
     pt.x -= rect.left;
@@ -4215,54 +5139,42 @@ wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
     return event;
 }
 
     return event;
 }
 
-// isASCII is TRUE only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from
+// isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from
 // WM_KEYDOWN one
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
 {
 // WM_KEYDOWN one
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
 {
-    bool ctrlDown = FALSE;
-
     int id;
     if ( isASCII )
     {
     int id;
     if ( isASCII )
     {
-        // If 1 -> 26, translate to CTRL plus a letter.
         id = wParam;
         id = wParam;
-        if ( (id > 0) && (id < 27) )
-        {
-            switch (id)
-            {
-                case 13:
-                    id = WXK_RETURN;
-                    break;
-
-                case 8:
-                    id = WXK_BACK;
-                    break;
-
-                case 9:
-                    id = WXK_TAB;
-                    break;
-
-                default:
-                    ctrlDown = TRUE;
-                    id = id + 'a' - 1;
-            }
-        }
     }
     else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN
     {
     }
     else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN
     {
+        // don't pass lParam to wxCharCodeMSWToWX() here because we don't want
+        // to get numpad key codes: CHAR events should use the logical keys
+        // such as WXK_HOME instead of WXK_NUMPAD_HOME which is for KEY events
         id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
         if ( id == 0 )
         {
             // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
         id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
         if ( id == 0 )
         {
             // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
-            // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = TRUE), don't process it now
-            return FALSE;
+            // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = true), don't process it now
+            return false;
         }
     }
 
     wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam));
         }
     }
 
     wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam));
-    if ( ctrlDown )
+
+    // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European
+    // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user
+    // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything
+    // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the
+    // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really
+    // needed)
+    if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown &&
+            (id >= 32 && id < 256) )
     {
     {
-        event.m_controlDown = TRUE;
+        event.m_controlDown =
+        event.m_altDown = false;
     }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
@@ -4270,7 +5182,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
-    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);
 
     if ( !id )
     {
 
     if ( !id )
     {
@@ -4278,21 +5190,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
         id = wParam;
     }
 
         id = wParam;
     }
 
-    if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
-    {
-        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam));
-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-        {
-            return TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam));
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
-    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);
 
     if ( !id )
     {
 
     if ( !id )
     {
@@ -4300,14 +5204,90 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
         id = wParam;
     }
 
         id = wParam;
     }
 
-    if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam));
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel),
+                                WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam))
+{
+    // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly
+    // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam;
+
+    MENUITEMINFO mii;
+    wxZeroMemory(mii);
+    mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
+
+    // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is
+    // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but
+    // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95
+    mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA;
+
+    // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item
+    const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu);
+    for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ )
     {
     {
-        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam));
-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-            return TRUE;
+        // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before
+        // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData
+        mii.cch = 0;
+
+        if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) )
+        {
+            if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW )
+            {
+                //  dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a
+                //  pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the
+                //  menu creation code
+                wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData;
+
+                const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetText(), _T('&'));
+                while ( p++ )
+                {
+                    if ( *p == _T('&') )
+                    {
+                        // this is not the accel char, find the real one
+                        p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&'));
+                    }
+                    else // got the accel char
+                    {
+                        // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work
+                        // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but
+                        // what can we do?
+                        if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel )
+                        {
+                            return i;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            // this one doesn't match
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else // failed to get the menu text?
+        {
+            // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it
+            wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo"));
+        }
     }
     }
+#endif
+    return wxNOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent( WXUINT nMsg )
+{
+    const wxEventType type = ( nMsg == WM_CUT ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT :
+                             ( nMsg == WM_COPY ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY :
+                           /*( nMsg == WM_PASTE ) ? */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE;
+    wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId());
 
 
-    return FALSE;
+    evt.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -4385,7 +5365,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
         default:
             wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event"));
 
         default:
             wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event"));
 
-            return FALSE;
+            return false;
     }
 
     wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change);
     }
 
     wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change);
@@ -4394,7 +5374,11 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 #else
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 #else
-    return FALSE;
+    wxUnusedVar(msg);
+    wxUnusedVar(x);
+    wxUnusedVar(y);
+    wxUnusedVar(flags);
+    return false;
 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -4405,7 +5389,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
                               WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
 {
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
                               WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
 {
-    if ( control )
+    if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion
     {
         wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
         if ( child )
     {
         wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
         if ( child )
@@ -4415,46 +5399,43 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
     wxScrollWinEvent event;
     event.SetPosition(pos);
     event.SetOrientation(orientation);
     wxScrollWinEvent event;
     event.SetPosition(pos);
     event.SetOrientation(orientation);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     switch ( wParam )
     {
     case SB_TOP:
 
     switch ( wParam )
     {
     case SB_TOP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP);
         break;
 
     case SB_BOTTOM:
         break;
 
     case SB_BOTTOM:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM);
         break;
 
     case SB_LINEUP:
         break;
 
     case SB_LINEUP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP);
         break;
 
     case SB_LINEDOWN:
         break;
 
     case SB_LINEDOWN:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN);
         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEUP:
         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEUP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP);
         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEDOWN:
         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEDOWN:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN);
         break;
 
     case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
     case SB_THUMBTRACK:
         break;
 
     case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
     case SB_THUMBTRACK:
-#ifdef __WIN32__
         // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers,
         // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must
         // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must
         // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one
         // carrying the scrollbar position)
         {
         // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers,
         // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must
         // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must
         // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one
         // carrying the scrollbar position)
         {
-            SCROLLINFO scrollInfo;
-            wxZeroMemory(scrollInfo);
-            scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+            WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
             scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS;
 
             if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(),
             scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS;
 
             if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(),
@@ -4462,20 +5443,20 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
                                                               : SB_VERT,
                                   &scrollInfo) )
             {
                                                               : SB_VERT,
                                   &scrollInfo) )
             {
-                wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
+                // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet.
+                // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
             }
 
             event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos);
         }
             }
 
             event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos);
         }
-#endif // Win32
 
 
-        event.m_eventType = wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION
+        event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION
                                 ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
                                 ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
-                                : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK;
+                                : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK );
         break;
 
     default:
         break;
 
     default:
-        return FALSE;
+        return false;
     }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
@@ -4485,22 +5466,20 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
 // global functions
 // ===========================================================================
 
 // global functions
 // ===========================================================================
 
-void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont *the_font)
+void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font)
 {
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
     HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
 {
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
     HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
-    HFONT fnt =0;
     HFONT was = 0;
     HFONT was = 0;
-    if ( the_font )
-    {
-        //    the_font->UseResource();
-        //    the_font->RealizeResource();
-        fnt = (HFONT)((wxFont *)the_font)->GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
-        if ( fnt )
-            was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt);
-    }
+
+    //    the_font.UseResource();
+    //    the_font.RealizeResource();
+    HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
+    if ( fnt )
+        was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt);
+
     GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
     GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
-    if ( the_font && fnt && was )
+    if ( fnt && was )
     {
         SelectObject(dc,was);
     }
     {
         SelectObject(dc,was);
     }
@@ -4511,181 +5490,316 @@ void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont *the_font)
     if ( y )
         *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
 
     if ( y )
         *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
 
-    //  if ( the_font )
-    //    the_font->ReleaseResource();
+    //   the_font.ReleaseResource();
 }
 
 }
 
+// use the "extended" bit (24) of lParam to distinguish extended keys
+// from normal keys as the same key is sent
+static inline
+int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended)
+{
+    // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from
+    // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from
+    // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a
+    // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case
+    return !lParam || (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? keyExtended : keyNormal;
+}
+
+// this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to
+// WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxCharCodeMSWToWX/WXToMSW() below
+//
+// note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and
+// WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1
+static const struct wxKeyMapping
+{
+    int vk;
+    wxKeyCode wxk;
+} gs_specialKeys[] =
+{
+    { VK_CANCEL,        WXK_CANCEL },
+    { VK_BACK,          WXK_BACK },
+    { VK_TAB,           WXK_TAB },
+    { VK_CLEAR,         WXK_CLEAR },
+    { VK_SHIFT,         WXK_SHIFT },
+    { VK_CONTROL,       WXK_CONTROL },
+    { VK_MENU ,         WXK_ALT },
+    { VK_PAUSE,         WXK_PAUSE },
+    { VK_CAPITAL,       WXK_CAPITAL },
+    { VK_SPACE,         WXK_SPACE },
+    { VK_ESCAPE,        WXK_ESCAPE },
+    { VK_SELECT,        WXK_SELECT },
+    { VK_PRINT,         WXK_PRINT },
+    { VK_EXECUTE,       WXK_EXECUTE },
+    { VK_SNAPSHOT,      WXK_SNAPSHOT },
+    { VK_HELP,          WXK_HELP },
+
+    { VK_NUMPAD0,       WXK_NUMPAD0 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD1,       WXK_NUMPAD1 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD2,       WXK_NUMPAD2 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD3,       WXK_NUMPAD3 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD4,       WXK_NUMPAD4 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD5,       WXK_NUMPAD5 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD6,       WXK_NUMPAD6 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD7,       WXK_NUMPAD7 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD8,       WXK_NUMPAD8 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD9,       WXK_NUMPAD9 },
+    { VK_MULTIPLY,      WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY },
+    { VK_ADD,           WXK_NUMPAD_ADD },
+    { VK_SUBTRACT,      WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT },
+    { VK_DECIMAL,       WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL },
+    { VK_DIVIDE,        WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE },
+
+    { VK_F1,            WXK_F1 },
+    { VK_F2,            WXK_F2 },
+    { VK_F3,            WXK_F3 },
+    { VK_F4,            WXK_F4 },
+    { VK_F5,            WXK_F5 },
+    { VK_F6,            WXK_F6 },
+    { VK_F7,            WXK_F7 },
+    { VK_F8,            WXK_F8 },
+    { VK_F9,            WXK_F9 },
+    { VK_F10,           WXK_F10 },
+    { VK_F11,           WXK_F11 },
+    { VK_F12,           WXK_F12 },
+    { VK_F13,           WXK_F13 },
+    { VK_F14,           WXK_F14 },
+    { VK_F15,           WXK_F15 },
+    { VK_F16,           WXK_F16 },
+    { VK_F17,           WXK_F17 },
+    { VK_F18,           WXK_F18 },
+    { VK_F19,           WXK_F19 },
+    { VK_F20,           WXK_F20 },
+    { VK_F21,           WXK_F21 },
+    { VK_F22,           WXK_F22 },
+    { VK_F23,           WXK_F23 },
+    { VK_F24,           WXK_F24 },
+
+    { VK_NUMLOCK,       WXK_NUMLOCK },
+    { VK_SCROLL,        WXK_SCROLL },
+
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+    { VK_LWIN,          WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT },
+    { VK_RWIN,          WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT },
+    { VK_APPS,          WXK_WINDOWS_MENU },
+#endif // VK_APPS defined
+};
+
 // Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
 // the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
 // Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
 // the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
-int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym)
+int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int vk, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    // check the table first
+    for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ )
+    {
+        if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk )
+            return gs_specialKeys[n].wxk;
+    }
+
+    // keys requiring special handling
+    int wxk;
+    switch ( vk )
+    {
+        // the mapping for these keys may be incorrect on non-US keyboards so
+        // maybe we shouldn't map them to ASCII values at all
+        case VK_OEM_1:      wxk = ';'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_PLUS:   wxk = '+'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_COMMA:  wxk = ','; break;
+        case VK_OEM_MINUS:  wxk = '-'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_PERIOD: wxk = '.'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_2:      wxk = '/'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_3:      wxk = '~'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_4:      wxk = '['; break;
+        case VK_OEM_5:      wxk = '\\'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_6:      wxk = ']'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_7:      wxk = '\''; break;
+
+        // handle extended keys
+        case VK_PRIOR:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_NEXT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_END:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_HOME:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_LEFT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_UP:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_RIGHT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_DOWN:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_INSERT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_DELETE:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_RETURN:
+            // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed
+            // here: numpad enter is the extended one
+            wxk = lParam && (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxk = 0;
+    }
+
+    return wxk;
+}
+
+WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int wxk, bool *isVirtual)
 {
 {
-    int id;
-    switch (keySym)
-    {
-        case VK_CANCEL:     id = WXK_CANCEL; break;
-        case VK_BACK:       id = WXK_BACK; break;
-        case VK_TAB:        id = WXK_TAB; break;
-        case VK_CLEAR:      id = WXK_CLEAR; break;
-        case VK_RETURN:     id = WXK_RETURN; break;
-        case VK_SHIFT:      id = WXK_SHIFT; break;
-        case VK_CONTROL:    id = WXK_CONTROL; break;
-        case VK_MENU :      id = WXK_MENU; break;
-        case VK_PAUSE:      id = WXK_PAUSE; break;
-        case VK_CAPITAL:    id = WXK_CAPITAL; break;
-        case VK_SPACE:      id = WXK_SPACE; break;
-        case VK_ESCAPE:     id = WXK_ESCAPE; break;
-        case VK_PRIOR:      id = WXK_PRIOR; break;
-        case VK_NEXT :      id = WXK_NEXT; break;
-        case VK_END:        id = WXK_END; break;
-        case VK_HOME :      id = WXK_HOME; break;
-        case VK_LEFT :      id = WXK_LEFT; break;
-        case VK_UP:         id = WXK_UP; break;
-        case VK_RIGHT:      id = WXK_RIGHT; break;
-        case VK_DOWN :      id = WXK_DOWN; break;
-        case VK_SELECT:     id = WXK_SELECT; break;
-        case VK_PRINT:      id = WXK_PRINT; break;
-        case VK_EXECUTE:    id = WXK_EXECUTE; break;
-        case VK_INSERT:     id = WXK_INSERT; break;
-        case VK_DELETE:     id = WXK_DELETE; break;
-        case VK_HELP :      id = WXK_HELP; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD0:    id = WXK_NUMPAD0; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD1:    id = WXK_NUMPAD1; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD2:    id = WXK_NUMPAD2; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD3:    id = WXK_NUMPAD3; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD4:    id = WXK_NUMPAD4; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD5:    id = WXK_NUMPAD5; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD6:    id = WXK_NUMPAD6; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD7:    id = WXK_NUMPAD7; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD8:    id = WXK_NUMPAD8; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD9:    id = WXK_NUMPAD9; break;
-        case VK_MULTIPLY:   id = WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY; break;
-        case VK_ADD:        id = WXK_NUMPAD_ADD; break;
-        case VK_SUBTRACT:   id = WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT; break;
-        case VK_DECIMAL:    id = WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL; break;
-        case VK_DIVIDE:     id = WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE; break;
-        case VK_F1:         id = WXK_F1; break;
-        case VK_F2:         id = WXK_F2; break;
-        case VK_F3:         id = WXK_F3; break;
-        case VK_F4:         id = WXK_F4; break;
-        case VK_F5:         id = WXK_F5; break;
-        case VK_F6:         id = WXK_F6; break;
-        case VK_F7:         id = WXK_F7; break;
-        case VK_F8:         id = WXK_F8; break;
-        case VK_F9:         id = WXK_F9; break;
-        case VK_F10:        id = WXK_F10; break;
-        case VK_F11:        id = WXK_F11; break;
-        case VK_F12:        id = WXK_F12; break;
-        case VK_F13:        id = WXK_F13; break;
-        case VK_F14:        id = WXK_F14; break;
-        case VK_F15:        id = WXK_F15; break;
-        case VK_F16:        id = WXK_F16; break;
-        case VK_F17:        id = WXK_F17; break;
-        case VK_F18:        id = WXK_F18; break;
-        case VK_F19:        id = WXK_F19; break;
-        case VK_F20:        id = WXK_F20; break;
-        case VK_F21:        id = WXK_F21; break;
-        case VK_F22:        id = WXK_F22; break;
-        case VK_F23:        id = WXK_F23; break;
-        case VK_F24:        id = WXK_F24; break;
-        case VK_NUMLOCK:    id = WXK_NUMLOCK; break;
-        case VK_SCROLL:     id = WXK_SCROLL; break;
-
-        case VK_OEM_1:      id = ';'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_PLUS:   id = '+'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_COMMA:  id = ','; break;
-        case VK_OEM_MINUS:  id = '-'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_PERIOD: id = '.'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_2:      id = '/'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_3:      id = '~'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_4:      id = '['; break;
-        case VK_OEM_5:      id = '\\'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_6:      id = ']'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_7:      id = '\''; break;
+    if ( isVirtual )
+        *isVirtual = true;
+
+    // check the table first
+    for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ )
+    {
+        if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk )
+            return gs_specialKeys[n].vk;
+    }
+
+    // and then check for special keys not included in the table
+    WXWORD vk;
+    switch ( wxk )
+    {
+        case WXK_PAGEUP:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP:
+            vk = VK_PRIOR;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN:
+            vk = VK_NEXT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_END:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_END:
+            vk = VK_END;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_HOME:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME:
+            vk = VK_HOME;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_LEFT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT:
+            vk = VK_LEFT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_UP:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_UP:
+            vk = VK_UP;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_RIGHT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT:
+            vk = VK_RIGHT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_DOWN:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN:
+            vk = VK_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_INSERT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT:
+            vk = VK_INSERT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_DELETE:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE:
+            vk = VK_DELETE;
+            break;
 
         default:
 
         default:
-            id = 0;
-    }
-
-    return id;
-}
-
-int wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *isVirtual)
-{
-    *isVirtual = TRUE;
-    int keySym = 0;
-    switch (id)
-    {
-    case WXK_CANCEL:    keySym = VK_CANCEL; break;
-    case WXK_CLEAR:     keySym = VK_CLEAR; break;
-    case WXK_SHIFT:     keySym = VK_SHIFT; break;
-    case WXK_CONTROL:   keySym = VK_CONTROL; break;
-    case WXK_MENU :     keySym = VK_MENU; break;
-    case WXK_PAUSE:     keySym = VK_PAUSE; break;
-    case WXK_PRIOR:     keySym = VK_PRIOR; break;
-    case WXK_NEXT :     keySym = VK_NEXT; break;
-    case WXK_END:       keySym = VK_END; break;
-    case WXK_HOME :     keySym = VK_HOME; break;
-    case WXK_LEFT :     keySym = VK_LEFT; break;
-    case WXK_UP:        keySym = VK_UP; break;
-    case WXK_RIGHT:     keySym = VK_RIGHT; break;
-    case WXK_DOWN :     keySym = VK_DOWN; break;
-    case WXK_SELECT:    keySym = VK_SELECT; break;
-    case WXK_PRINT:     keySym = VK_PRINT; break;
-    case WXK_EXECUTE:   keySym = VK_EXECUTE; break;
-    case WXK_INSERT:    keySym = VK_INSERT; break;
-    case WXK_DELETE:    keySym = VK_DELETE; break;
-    case WXK_HELP :     keySym = VK_HELP; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD0:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD0; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD1:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD1; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD2:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD2; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD3:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD3; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD4:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD4; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD5:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD5; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD6:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD6; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD7:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD7; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD8:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD8; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD9:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD9; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY:  keySym = VK_MULTIPLY; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:       keySym = VK_ADD; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:  keySym = VK_SUBTRACT; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:   keySym = VK_DECIMAL; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:    keySym = VK_DIVIDE; break;
-    case WXK_F1:        keySym = VK_F1; break;
-    case WXK_F2:        keySym = VK_F2; break;
-    case WXK_F3:        keySym = VK_F3; break;
-    case WXK_F4:        keySym = VK_F4; break;
-    case WXK_F5:        keySym = VK_F5; break;
-    case WXK_F6:        keySym = VK_F6; break;
-    case WXK_F7:        keySym = VK_F7; break;
-    case WXK_F8:        keySym = VK_F8; break;
-    case WXK_F9:        keySym = VK_F9; break;
-    case WXK_F10:       keySym = VK_F10; break;
-    case WXK_F11:       keySym = VK_F11; break;
-    case WXK_F12:       keySym = VK_F12; break;
-    case WXK_F13:       keySym = VK_F13; break;
-    case WXK_F14:       keySym = VK_F14; break;
-    case WXK_F15:       keySym = VK_F15; break;
-    case WXK_F16:       keySym = VK_F16; break;
-    case WXK_F17:       keySym = VK_F17; break;
-    case WXK_F18:       keySym = VK_F18; break;
-    case WXK_F19:       keySym = VK_F19; break;
-    case WXK_F20:       keySym = VK_F20; break;
-    case WXK_F21:       keySym = VK_F21; break;
-    case WXK_F22:       keySym = VK_F22; break;
-    case WXK_F23:       keySym = VK_F23; break;
-    case WXK_F24:       keySym = VK_F24; break;
-    case WXK_NUMLOCK:   keySym = VK_NUMLOCK; break;
-    case WXK_SCROLL:    keySym = VK_SCROLL; break;
-    default:
-        {
-            *isVirtual = FALSE;
-            keySym = id;
+            if ( isVirtual )
+                *isVirtual = false;
+            vk = (WXWORD)wxk;
             break;
             break;
-        }
     }
     }
-    return keySym;
+
+    return vk;
 }
 
 }
 
+// small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState()
+static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk)
+{
+    // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last
+    // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and
+    // we only want that one
+    return (::GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0;
+}
+
+bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key)
+{
+    // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other
+    // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead
+    wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON &&
+                    key != VK_RBUTTON &&
+                        key != VK_MBUTTON,
+                    wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") );
+
+    const WXWORD vk = wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key);
+
+    // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed
+    if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL )
+    {
+        // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the
+        // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if
+        // either one is set
+        return ::GetKeyState(vk) != 0;
+
+    }
+    else // normal key
+    {
+        return wxIsKeyDown(vk);
+    }
+}
+
+
+wxMouseState wxGetMouseState()
+{
+    wxMouseState ms;
+    POINT pt;
+    GetCursorPos( &pt );
+
+    ms.SetX(pt.x);
+    ms.SetY(pt.y);
+    ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON));
+    ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON));
+    ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON));
+
+    ms.SetControlDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_CONTROL));
+    ms.SetShiftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_SHIFT));
+    ms.SetAltDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MENU));
+//    ms.SetMetaDown();
+
+    return ms;
+}
+
+
 wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
 wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
@@ -4709,16 +5823,13 @@ extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
         win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
         if ( !win )
         {
         win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
         if ( !win )
         {
-            // all these hacks only work under Win32 anyhow
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-
 #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
             // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any
             // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to
             // do it as well, win would be already non NULL
             if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON )
             {
 #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
             // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any
             // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to
             // do it as well, win would be already non NULL
             if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON )
             {
-                win = (wxWindow *)::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+                win = (wxWindow *)wxGetWindowUserData(hwnd);
             }
             //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox
 #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
             }
             //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox
 #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
@@ -4731,8 +5842,6 @@ extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
                 win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd);
             }
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
                 win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd);
             }
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#endif // Win32
         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 
@@ -4761,7 +5870,7 @@ extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
     return win;
 }
 
     return win;
 }
 
-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
 
 // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
 // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
 
 // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
 // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
@@ -4777,23 +5886,13 @@ void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
         wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
         wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
 
         wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
         wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
 
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__TWIN32__)
             GetCurrentThreadId()
         //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
             GetCurrentThreadId()
         //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
-#else
-            GetCurrentTask()
-#endif
             );
     }
     else
     {
         UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
             );
     }
     else
     {
         UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
-
-        // avoids warning about statement with no effect (FreeProcInstance
-        // doesn't do anything under Win32)
-#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__NT__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__)
-        FreeProcInstance(wxTheKeyboardHookProc);
-#endif
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
@@ -4803,19 +5902,20 @@ wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
     DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
     if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) )
     {
     DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
     if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) )
     {
-        int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+        int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);
         if ( id != 0 )
         {
             wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
             if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
         if ( id != 0 )
         {
             wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
             if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
-                event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+                event.m_altDown = true;
 
 
-            event.m_eventObject = NULL;
+            event.SetEventObject(NULL);
             event.m_keyCode = id;
             event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
             event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
             event.m_keyCode = id;
             event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
             event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
-            event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
-
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+            event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif
             wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
             wxEvtHandler *handler;
             if ( win )
             wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
             wxEvtHandler *handler;
             if ( win )
@@ -4826,7 +5926,7 @@ wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
             else
             {
                 handler = wxTheApp;
             else
             {
                 handler = wxTheApp;
-                event.SetId(-1);
+                event.SetId(wxID_ANY);
             }
 
             if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )
             }
 
             if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )
@@ -4843,445 +5943,417 @@ wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
 #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
 
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
 #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
 
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-const char *wxGetMessageName(int message)
+const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message)
 {
     switch ( message )
     {
 {
     switch ( message )
     {
-        case 0x0000: return "WM_NULL";
-        case 0x0001: return "WM_CREATE";
-        case 0x0002: return "WM_DESTROY";
-        case 0x0003: return "WM_MOVE";
-        case 0x0005: return "WM_SIZE";
-        case 0x0006: return "WM_ACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0007: return "WM_SETFOCUS";
-        case 0x0008: return "WM_KILLFOCUS";
-        case 0x000A: return "WM_ENABLE";
-        case 0x000B: return "WM_SETREDRAW";
-        case 0x000C: return "WM_SETTEXT";
-        case 0x000D: return "WM_GETTEXT";
-        case 0x000E: return "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH";
-        case 0x000F: return "WM_PAINT";
-        case 0x0010: return "WM_CLOSE";
-        case 0x0011: return "WM_QUERYENDSESSION";
-        case 0x0012: return "WM_QUIT";
-        case 0x0013: return "WM_QUERYOPEN";
-        case 0x0014: return "WM_ERASEBKGND";
-        case 0x0015: return "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE";
-        case 0x0016: return "WM_ENDSESSION";
-        case 0x0017: return "WM_SYSTEMERROR";
-        case 0x0018: return "WM_SHOWWINDOW";
-        case 0x0019: return "WM_CTLCOLOR";
-        case 0x001A: return "WM_WININICHANGE";
-        case 0x001B: return "WM_DEVMODECHANGE";
-        case 0x001C: return "WM_ACTIVATEAPP";
-        case 0x001D: return "WM_FONTCHANGE";
-        case 0x001E: return "WM_TIMECHANGE";
-        case 0x001F: return "WM_CANCELMODE";
-        case 0x0020: return "WM_SETCURSOR";
-        case 0x0021: return "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0022: return "WM_CHILDACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0023: return "WM_QUEUESYNC";
-        case 0x0024: return "WM_GETMINMAXINFO";
-        case 0x0026: return "WM_PAINTICON";
-        case 0x0027: return "WM_ICONERASEBKGND";
-        case 0x0028: return "WM_NEXTDLGCTL";
-        case 0x002A: return "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS";
-        case 0x002B: return "WM_DRAWITEM";
-        case 0x002C: return "WM_MEASUREITEM";
-        case 0x002D: return "WM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x002E: return "WM_VKEYTOITEM";
-        case 0x002F: return "WM_CHARTOITEM";
-        case 0x0030: return "WM_SETFONT";
-        case 0x0031: return "WM_GETFONT";
-        case 0x0037: return "WM_QUERYDRAGICON";
-        case 0x0039: return "WM_COMPAREITEM";
-        case 0x0041: return "WM_COMPACTING";
-        case 0x0044: return "WM_COMMNOTIFY";
-        case 0x0046: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING";
-        case 0x0047: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED";
-        case 0x0048: return "WM_POWER";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-        case 0x004A: return "WM_COPYDATA";
-        case 0x004B: return "WM_CANCELJOURNAL";
-        case 0x004E: return "WM_NOTIFY";
-        case 0x0050: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST";
-        case 0x0051: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE";
-        case 0x0052: return "WM_TCARD";
-        case 0x0053: return "WM_HELP";
-        case 0x0054: return "WM_USERCHANGED";
-        case 0x0055: return "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT";
-        case 0x007B: return "WM_CONTEXTMENU";
-        case 0x007C: return "WM_STYLECHANGING";
-        case 0x007D: return "WM_STYLECHANGED";
-        case 0x007E: return "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE";
-        case 0x007F: return "WM_GETICON";
-        case 0x0080: return "WM_SETICON";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-        case 0x0081: return "WM_NCCREATE";
-        case 0x0082: return "WM_NCDESTROY";
-        case 0x0083: return "WM_NCCALCSIZE";
-        case 0x0084: return "WM_NCHITTEST";
-        case 0x0085: return "WM_NCPAINT";
-        case 0x0086: return "WM_NCACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0087: return "WM_GETDLGCODE";
-        case 0x00A0: return "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE";
-        case 0x00A1: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A2: return "WM_NCLBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A3: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x00A4: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A5: return "WM_NCRBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A6: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x00A7: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A8: return "WM_NCMBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A9: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0100: return "WM_KEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0101: return "WM_KEYUP";
-        case 0x0102: return "WM_CHAR";
-        case 0x0103: return "WM_DEADCHAR";
-        case 0x0104: return "WM_SYSKEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0105: return "WM_SYSKEYUP";
-        case 0x0106: return "WM_SYSCHAR";
-        case 0x0107: return "WM_SYSDEADCHAR";
-        case 0x0108: return "WM_KEYLAST";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-        case 0x010D: return "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION";
-        case 0x010E: return "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION";
-        case 0x010F: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITION";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-        case 0x0110: return "WM_INITDIALOG";
-        case 0x0111: return "WM_COMMAND";
-        case 0x0112: return "WM_SYSCOMMAND";
-        case 0x0113: return "WM_TIMER";
-        case 0x0114: return "WM_HSCROLL";
-        case 0x0115: return "WM_VSCROLL";
-        case 0x0116: return "WM_INITMENU";
-        case 0x0117: return "WM_INITMENUPOPUP";
-        case 0x011F: return "WM_MENUSELECT";
-        case 0x0120: return "WM_MENUCHAR";
-        case 0x0121: return "WM_ENTERIDLE";
-        case 0x0200: return "WM_MOUSEMOVE";
-        case 0x0201: return "WM_LBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0202: return "WM_LBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0203: return "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0204: return "WM_RBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0205: return "WM_RBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0206: return "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0207: return "WM_MBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0208: return "WM_MBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0209: return "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x020A: return "WM_MOUSEWHEEL";
-        case 0x0210: return "WM_PARENTNOTIFY";
-        case 0x0211: return "WM_ENTERMENULOOP";
-        case 0x0212: return "WM_EXITMENULOOP";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-        case 0x0213: return "WM_NEXTMENU";
-        case 0x0214: return "WM_SIZING";
-        case 0x0215: return "WM_CAPTURECHANGED";
-        case 0x0216: return "WM_MOVING";
-        case 0x0218: return "WM_POWERBROADCAST";
-        case 0x0219: return "WM_DEVICECHANGE";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-        case 0x0220: return "WM_MDICREATE";
-        case 0x0221: return "WM_MDIDESTROY";
-        case 0x0222: return "WM_MDIACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0223: return "WM_MDIRESTORE";
-        case 0x0224: return "WM_MDINEXT";
-        case 0x0225: return "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE";
-        case 0x0226: return "WM_MDITILE";
-        case 0x0227: return "WM_MDICASCADE";
-        case 0x0228: return "WM_MDIICONARRANGE";
-        case 0x0229: return "WM_MDIGETACTIVE";
-        case 0x0230: return "WM_MDISETMENU";
-        case 0x0233: return "WM_DROPFILES";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-        case 0x0281: return "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT";
-        case 0x0282: return "WM_IME_NOTIFY";
-        case 0x0283: return "WM_IME_CONTROL";
-        case 0x0284: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL";
-        case 0x0285: return "WM_IME_SELECT";
-        case 0x0286: return "WM_IME_CHAR";
-        case 0x0290: return "WM_IME_KEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0291: return "WM_IME_KEYUP";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-        case 0x0300: return "WM_CUT";
-        case 0x0301: return "WM_COPY";
-        case 0x0302: return "WM_PASTE";
-        case 0x0303: return "WM_CLEAR";
-        case 0x0304: return "WM_UNDO";
-        case 0x0305: return "WM_RENDERFORMAT";
-        case 0x0306: return "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS";
-        case 0x0307: return "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x0308: return "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x0309: return "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030A: return "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030B: return "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030C: return "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME";
-        case 0x030D: return "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN";
-        case 0x030E: return "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030F: return "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE";
-        case 0x0310: return "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING";
-        case 0x0311: return "WM_PALETTECHANGED";
+        case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL");
+        case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE");
+        case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY");
+        case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE");
+        case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE");
+        case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS");
+        case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS");
+        case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE");
+        case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW");
+        case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT");
+        case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT");
+        case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH");
+        case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT");
+        case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE");
+        case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION");
+        case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT");
+        case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN");
+        case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND");
+        case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE");
+        case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION");
+        case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR");
+        case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW");
+        case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR");
+        case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE");
+        case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE");
+        case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP");
+        case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE");
+        case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE");
+        case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE");
+        case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR");
+        case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC");
+        case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO");
+        case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON");
+        case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND");
+        case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL");
+        case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS");
+        case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM");
+        case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM");
+        case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM");
+        case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM");
+        case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT");
+        case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT");
+        case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON");
+        case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM");
+        case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING");
+        case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY");
+        case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING");
+        case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED");
+        case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER");
+
+        case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA");
+        case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL");
+        case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY");
+        case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST");
+        case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE");
+        case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD");
+        case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP");
+        case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED");
+        case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT");
+        case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU");
+        case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING");
+        case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED");
+        case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE");
+        case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON");
+        case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON");
+
+        case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE");
+        case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY");
+        case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE");
+        case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST");
+        case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT");
+        case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE");
+        case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE");
+        case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP");
+        case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR");
+        case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR");
+        case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP");
+        case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR");
+        case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR");
+        case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST");
+
+        case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION");
+        case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION");
+        case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION");
+
+        case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG");
+        case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND");
+        case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND");
+        case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER");
+        case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL");
+        case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL");
+        case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU");
+        case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP");
+        case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT");
+        case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR");
+        case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE");
+        case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE");
+        case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL");
+        case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY");
+        case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP");
+        case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP");
+
+        case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU");
+        case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING");
+        case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED");
+        case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING");
+        case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST");
+        case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE");
+
+        case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE");
+        case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY");
+        case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE");
+        case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT");
+        case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE");
+        case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE");
+        case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE");
+        case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE");
+        case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE");
+        case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU");
+        case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES");
+
+        case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT");
+        case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY");
+        case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL");
+        case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL");
+        case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT");
+        case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR");
+        case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP");
+
+        case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT");
+        case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY");
+        case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE");
+        case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR");
+        case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO");
+        case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT");
+        case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS");
+        case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME");
+        case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN");
+        case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE");
+        case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING");
+        case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED");
+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+        case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY");
+#endif
 
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__
         // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
         // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
 
         // listview
         // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
         // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
 
         // listview
-        case 0x1000 + 0: return "LVM_GETBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 1: return "LVM_SETBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 2: return "LVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1000 + 3: return "LVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1000 + 4: return "LVM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 5: return "LVM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 75: return "LVM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 6: return "LVM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 76: return "LVM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 7: return "LVM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 77: return "LVM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 8: return "LVM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 9: return "LVM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 10: return "LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK";
-        case 0x1000 + 11: return "LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK";
-        case 0x1000 + 12: return "LVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 13: return "LVM_FINDITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 83: return "LVM_FINDITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 14: return "LVM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 15: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION";
-        case 0x1000 + 16: return "LVM_GETITEMPOSITION";
-        case 0x1000 + 17: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA";
-        case 0x1000 + 87: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW";
-        case 0x1000 + 18: return "LVM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1000 + 19: return "LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 20: return "LVM_SCROLL";
-        case 0x1000 + 21: return "LVM_REDRAWITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 22: return "LVM_ARRANGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 23: return "LVM_EDITLABELA";
-        case 0x1000 + 118: return "LVM_EDITLABELW";
-        case 0x1000 + 24: return "LVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-        case 0x1000 + 25: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 95: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 26: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 96: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 27: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 97: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 28: return "LVM_DELETECOLUMN";
-        case 0x1000 + 29: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-        case 0x1000 + 30: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-        case 0x1000 + 31: return "LVM_GETHEADER";
-        case 0x1000 + 33: return "LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 34: return "LVM_GETVIEWRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 35: return "LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 36: return "LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 37: return "LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 38: return "LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 39: return "LVM_GETTOPINDEX";
-        case 0x1000 + 40: return "LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 41: return "LVM_GETORIGIN";
-        case 0x1000 + 42: return "LVM_UPDATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 43: return "LVM_SETITEMSTATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 44: return "LVM_GETITEMSTATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 45: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTA";
-        case 0x1000 + 115: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTW";
-        case 0x1000 + 46: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTA";
-        case 0x1000 + 116: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTW";
-        case 0x1000 + 47: return "LVM_SETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 48: return "LVM_SORTITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 49: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32";
-        case 0x1000 + 50: return "LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 51: return "LVM_GETITEMSPACING";
-        case 0x1000 + 52: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-        case 0x1000 + 117: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-        case 0x1000 + 53: return "LVM_SETICONSPACING";
-        case 0x1000 + 54: return "LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 55: return "LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 56: return "LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 57: return "LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST";
-        case 0x1000 + 58: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1000 + 59: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1000 + 60: return "LVM_SETHOTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 61: return "LVM_GETHOTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 62: return "LVM_SETHOTCURSOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 63: return "LVM_GETHOTCURSOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 64: return "LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 65: return "LVM_SETWORKAREA";
+        case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK");
+        case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK");
+        case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION");
+        case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION");
+        case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA");
+        case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW");
+        case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL");
+        case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA");
+        case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW");
+        case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL");
+        case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN");
+        case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH");
+        case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH");
+        case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER");
+        case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX");
+        case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN");
+        case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA");
+        case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW");
+        case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA");
+        case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW");
+        case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32");
+        case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING");
+        case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA");
+        case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW");
+        case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING");
+        case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST");
+        case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA");
 
         // tree view
 
         // tree view
-        case 0x1100 + 0: return "TVM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 50: return "TVM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 1: return "TVM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 2: return "TVM_EXPAND";
-        case 0x1100 + 4: return "TVM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1100 + 5: return "TVM_GETCOUNT";
-        case 0x1100 + 6: return "TVM_GETINDENT";
-        case 0x1100 + 7: return "TVM_SETINDENT";
-        case 0x1100 + 8: return "TVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1100 + 9: return "TVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1100 + 10: return "TVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 11: return "TVM_SELECTITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 12: return "TVM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 62: return "TVM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 13: return "TVM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 63: return "TVM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 14: return "TVM_EDITLABELA";
-        case 0x1100 + 65: return "TVM_EDITLABELW";
-        case 0x1100 + 15: return "TVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-        case 0x1100 + 16: return "TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT";
-        case 0x1100 + 17: return "TVM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1100 + 18: return "TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1100 + 19: return "TVM_SORTCHILDREN";
-        case 0x1100 + 20: return "TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-        case 0x1100 + 21: return "TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB";
-        case 0x1100 + 22: return "TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW";
-        case 0x1100 + 23: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-        case 0x1100 + 64: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-        case 0x1100 + 24: return "TVM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1100 + 25: return "TVM_GETTOOLTIPS";
+        case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND");
+        case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT");
+        case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT");
+        case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT");
+        case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA");
+        case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW");
+        case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL");
+        case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT");
+        case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN");
+        case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE");
+        case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB");
+        case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW");
+        case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA");
+        case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW");
+        case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS");
 
         // header
 
         // header
-        case 0x1200 + 0: return "HDM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1200 + 1: return "HDM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 10: return "HDM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 2: return "HDM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1200 + 3: return "HDM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 11: return "HDM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 4: return "HDM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 12: return "HDM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 5: return "HDM_LAYOUT";
-        case 0x1200 + 6: return "HDM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1200 + 7: return "HDM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1200 + 8: return "HDM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1200 + 9: return "HDM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1200 + 15: return "HDM_ORDERTOINDEX";
-        case 0x1200 + 16: return "HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1200 + 17: return "HDM_GETORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1200 + 18: return "HDM_SETORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1200 + 19: return "HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER";
+        case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT");
+        case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX");
+        case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER");
 
         // tab control
 
         // tab control
-        case 0x1300 + 2: return "TCM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1300 + 3: return "TCM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1300 + 4: return "TCM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1300 + 5: return "TCM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 60: return "TCM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 6: return "TCM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 61: return "TCM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 7: return "TCM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 62: return "TCM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 8: return "TCM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1300 + 9: return "TCM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-        case 0x1300 + 10: return "TCM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1300 + 11: return "TCM_GETCURSEL";
-        case 0x1300 + 12: return "TCM_SETCURSEL";
-        case 0x1300 + 13: return "TCM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1300 + 14: return "TCM_SETITEMEXTRA";
-        case 0x1300 + 40: return "TCM_ADJUSTRECT";
-        case 0x1300 + 41: return "TCM_SETITEMSIZE";
-        case 0x1300 + 42: return "TCM_REMOVEIMAGE";
-        case 0x1300 + 43: return "TCM_SETPADDING";
-        case 0x1300 + 44: return "TCM_GETROWCOUNT";
-        case 0x1300 + 45: return "TCM_GETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1300 + 46: return "TCM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1300 + 47: return "TCM_GETCURFOCUS";
-        case 0x1300 + 48: return "TCM_SETCURFOCUS";
-        case 0x1300 + 49: return "TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH";
-        case 0x1300 + 50: return "TCM_DESELECTALL";
+        case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS");
+        case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL");
+        case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL");
+        case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA");
+        case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT");
+        case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE");
+        case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE");
+        case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING");
+        case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT");
+        case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS");
+        case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS");
+        case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH");
+        case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL");
 
         // toolbar
 
         // toolbar
-        case WM_USER+1: return "TB_ENABLEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+2: return "TB_CHECKBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+3: return "TB_PRESSBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+4: return "TB_HIDEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+5: return "TB_INDETERMINATE";
-        case WM_USER+9: return "TB_ISBUTTONENABLED";
-        case WM_USER+10: return "TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED";
-        case WM_USER+11: return "TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED";
-        case WM_USER+12: return "TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN";
-        case WM_USER+13: return "TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE";
-        case WM_USER+17: return "TB_SETSTATE";
-        case WM_USER+18: return "TB_GETSTATE";
-        case WM_USER+19: return "TB_ADDBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+20: return "TB_ADDBUTTONS";
-        case WM_USER+21: return "TB_INSERTBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+22: return "TB_DELETEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+23: return "TB_GETBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+24: return "TB_BUTTONCOUNT";
-        case WM_USER+25: return "TB_COMMANDTOINDEX";
-        case WM_USER+26: return "TB_SAVERESTOREA";
-        case WM_USER+76: return "TB_SAVERESTOREW";
-        case WM_USER+27: return "TB_CUSTOMIZE";
-        case WM_USER+28: return "TB_ADDSTRINGA";
-        case WM_USER+77: return "TB_ADDSTRINGW";
-        case WM_USER+29: return "TB_GETITEMRECT";
-        case WM_USER+30: return "TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+31: return "TB_SETBUTTONSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+32: return "TB_SETBITMAPSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+33: return "TB_AUTOSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+35: return "TB_GETTOOLTIPS";
-        case WM_USER+36: return "TB_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case WM_USER+37: return "TB_SETPARENT";
-        case WM_USER+39: return "TB_SETROWS";
-        case WM_USER+40: return "TB_GETROWS";
-        case WM_USER+42: return "TB_SETCMDID";
-        case WM_USER+43: return "TB_CHANGEBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+44: return "TB_GETBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+45: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA";
-        case WM_USER+75: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW";
-        case WM_USER+46: return "TB_REPLACEBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+47: return "TB_SETINDENT";
-        case WM_USER+48: return "TB_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+49: return "TB_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+50: return "TB_LOADIMAGES";
-        case WM_USER+51: return "TB_GETRECT";
-        case WM_USER+52: return "TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+53: return "TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+54: return "TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+55: return "TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+56: return "TB_SETSTYLE";
-        case WM_USER+57: return "TB_GETSTYLE";
-        case WM_USER+58: return "TB_GETBUTTONSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+59: return "TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH";
-        case WM_USER+60: return "TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS";
-        case WM_USER+61: return "TB_GETTEXTROWS";
-        case WM_USER+41: return "TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS";
-
-#endif //WIN32
+        case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE");
+        case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED");
+        case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED");
+        case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED");
+        case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN");
+        case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE");
+        case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE");
+        case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE");
+        case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS");
+        case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT");
+        case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX");
+        case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA");
+        case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW");
+        case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE");
+        case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA");
+        case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW");
+        case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT");
+        case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS");
+        case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT");
+        case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS");
+        case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS");
+        case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID");
+        case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA");
+        case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW");
+        case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT");
+        case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES");
+        case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT");
+        case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE");
+        case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE");
+        case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH");
+        case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS");
+        case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS");
+        case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS");
 
         default:
 
         default:
-            static char s_szBuf[128];
-            sprintf(s_szBuf, "<unknown message = %d>", message);
-            return s_szBuf;
+            static wxString s_szBuf;
+            s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message);
+            return s_szBuf.c_str();
     }
 }
 #endif //__WXDEBUG__
 
     }
 }
 #endif //__WXDEBUG__
 
-static void TranslateKbdEventToMouse(wxWindowMSW *win,
-                                     int *x, int *y, WPARAM *flags)
-{
-    // construct the key mask
-    WPARAM& fwKeys = *flags;
-
-    fwKeys = MK_RBUTTON;
-    if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
-        fwKeys |= MK_CONTROL;
-    if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
-        fwKeys |= MK_SHIFT;
-
-    // simulate right mouse button click
-    DWORD dwPos = ::GetMessagePos();
-    *x = GET_X_LPARAM(dwPos);
-    *y = GET_Y_LPARAM(dwPos);
-
-    win->ScreenToClient(x, y);
-}
-
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
     // prepare the DC
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
     // prepare the DC
@@ -5316,9 +6388,10 @@ static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
 
 // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse
 // position.
 
 // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse
 // position.
-wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt))
+wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt)
 {
 {
-    return wxFindWindowAtPoint(wxGetMousePosition());
+    pt = wxGetMousePosition();
+    return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt);
 }
 
 wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
 }
 
 wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
@@ -5326,26 +6399,204 @@ wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
     POINT pt2;
     pt2.x = pt.x;
     pt2.y = pt.y;
     POINT pt2;
     pt2.x = pt.x;
     pt2.y = pt.y;
-    HWND hWndHit = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);
 
 
-    wxWindow* win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWndHit) ;
-    HWND hWnd = hWndHit;
+    HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);
 
 
-    // Try to find a window with a wxWindow associated with it
-    while (!win && (hWnd != 0))
-    {
-        hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd);
-        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd) ;
-    }
-    return win;
+    return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
 }
 
 // Get the current mouse position.
 wxPoint wxGetMousePosition()
 {
     POINT pt;
 }
 
 // Get the current mouse position.
 wxPoint wxGetMousePosition()
 {
     POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);
+#else
     GetCursorPos( & pt );
     GetCursorPos( & pt );
+#endif
 
     return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y);
 }
 
 
     return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y);
 }
 
+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id)
+{
+    // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons
+    HINSTANCE hCoreDll;
+    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT);
+
+    UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc;
+    hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(_T("coredll.dll"));
+    if (hCoreDll)
+    {
+        procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, _T("UnregisterFunc1"));
+        if (procUnregisterFunc)
+            procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id);
+        FreeLibrary(hCoreDll);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode)
+{
+    UINT win_modifiers=0;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN;
+
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+    // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons
+    if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20)
+        WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId);
+#endif
+
+    if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterHotKey"));
+
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId)
+{
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+    WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId);
+#endif
+
+    if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterHotKey"));
+
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    int hotkeyId = wParam;
+    int virtualKey = HIWORD(lParam);
+    int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam);
+
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, virtualKey, wParam, lParam));
+    event.SetId(hotkeyId);
+    event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0;
+    event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0;
+    event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0;
+    event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0;
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY
+
+// Not tested under WinCE
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+
+// this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing
+// each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're
+// sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is
+// being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message
+// dispatching otherwise
+class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule
+{
+public:
+    virtual bool OnInit()
+    {
+        ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx
+                            (
+                             WH_GETMESSAGE,
+                             &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc,
+                             NULL,
+                             GetCurrentThreadId()
+                            );
+
+        if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)"));
+
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    virtual void OnExit()
+    {
+        ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc);
+    }
+
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+    {
+        MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam;
+
+        // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from
+        // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being
+        // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage()
+        if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE )
+        {
+            wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents();
+        }
+
+        return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam);
+    };
+
+private:
+    static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule)
+};
+
+HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0;
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule)
+
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent)
+{
+    if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox)))
+    {
+        // Set the z-order correctly
+        SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE);
+    }
+
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while (current)
+    {
+        wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();
+        wxAdjustZOrder(childWin);
+        current = current->GetNext();
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+// We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to
+// make 'contained' controls visible
+void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event )
+{
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+    wxAdjustZOrder(this);
+#endif
+
+    event.Skip();
+}
+#endif
wxWidgets (Impactor)